As filed with Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2026

No. 333-290577

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 2

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Once Upon a Farm, PBC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware	2000	47-3648280
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

950 Gilman Street, Suite 100

Berkeley, CA 94710

(888) 983-1606

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

John Foraker

Chief Executive Officer

2111 San Pablo Avenue, Suite 2216

Berkeley, CA 94702

(888) 983-1606

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

Ashley Sinclair

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

333 West Wolf Point Plaza

Chicago, IL 60654

(312) 862-2000

Alexander D. Lynch

Barbra J. Broudy

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

(212) 310-8000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated January 27, 2026

10,997,209 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Once Upon a Farm, PBC. We are offering 7,631,537 shares of common stock, and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering 3,365,672 shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price for our common stock will be between $17.00 and $19.00 per share. We have been approved to list our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “OFRM.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. We elected in March 2021 to be treated as a public benefit corporation under Delaware law. As a public benefit corporation, we are required to balance the financial interests of our stockholders with the best interests of those stakeholders materially affected by our conduct, including those affected by the specific benefit purposes set forth in our certificate of incorporation. Accordingly, our duty to balance a variety of interests may result in actions that do not maximize stockholder value. See “Prospectus Summary—Public Benefit Corporation Status.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


	Per Share	Total
Initial public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discounts and commissions⁽¹⁾	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders	$	$

⁽¹⁾	See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,649,581 additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions within 30 days of the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment in New York, New York on or about , 2026.


Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC*		J.P. Morgan*		BofA Securities		William Blair


Barclays		Evercore ISI
Deutsche Bank Securities	Oppenheimer & Co.	TD Cowen
Drexel Hamilton		Siebert Williams Shank

*	In alphabetical order

Prospectus dated , 2026.

LOGO

TABLE OF CONTENTS


BASIS OF PRESENTATION			ii
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES			ii
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA			ii
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY			1
RISK FACTORS			25
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS			59
USE OF PROCEEDS			62
DIVIDEND POLICY			63
CAPITALIZATION			64
DILUTION			66
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS			69
LETTER FROM JOHN FORAKER, CO-FOUNDER AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER			94
BUSINESS			95
MANAGEMENT			118
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION			124
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS			135
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS			137
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS			141
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK			144
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE			150
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS			153
UNDERWRITING			158
LEGAL MATTERS			165
EXPERTS			165
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION			165
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			F-1

We, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

For investors outside the United States: neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for those purposes is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this offering of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Through and including , 2026 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

All financial statements presented in this prospectus have been prepared in U.S. dollars and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). We also supplement our financial statements with the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: Contribution Margin and Adjusted EBITDA. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires, as used in this prospectus:

•

“CAVU” means CAVU Venture Partners II, LP, CAVU Venture Partners III, LP, CAVU Venture Partners IV, LP, and TNG Investors LP, collectively, investment funds managed by CAVU Consumer Partners LLC.

•

“S2G” means S2G Ventures Fund I, L.P., S2G Ventures Fund II, L.P., and S2G Builders Food and Agriculture Fund III, L.P., collectively, investment funds managed by S2G Investments, LLC.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

“Once Upon a Farm,” “A Better Story Starts Here,” “Tractor Wheels,” “Farm-Fresh Taste Grows Here,” and other trademarks or service marks of Once Upon a Farm appearing in this prospectus are the property of Once Upon a Farm. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus generally appear without the ^® or ^™ symbols. Other trademarks, trade names, service marks or copyrights of any other company appearing in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, market data and industry information used throughout this prospectus is based on management’s knowledge of the industry and the good faith estimates of management. We have also relied, to the extent available, upon management’s review of independent industry surveys and publications and other publicly available information. All of the market data and industry information used in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although we believe that these sources are reliable, neither we nor the underwriters can guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information and neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified this information. Additionally, from time to time, these sources may change their input information or methodologies, which may change the related results. While we believe the estimated market position, market opportunity, and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information, which is derived in part from management’s estimates and beliefs, is inherently uncertain and imprecise. Projections, assumptions, and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in our estimates and beliefs and in the estimates prepared by independent parties.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry reports and other information publicly available, including the following:

•

GutCheck, Once Upon a Farm Shopper Journey Exploration – July 2024 (“GutCheck”);

•

Hanover Research, Brand Tracker Wave 1, Fielded April 24, 2020, n=131 (“Hanover, Brand Tracker”);

•

Mintel, Baby Food & Drink – US – 2024 – April 19, 2024 (“Mintel, Baby Food”);

•

Mintel, Marketing to Moms – US – 2024 – October 22, 2024 (“Mintel, Marketing”);

•

Mintel, Grocery Retailing – US – 2024 – June 28, 2024 (“Mintel, Grocery”);

•

Numerator, Brand Health Tracker, Total Sample, Fielded January 8 - 15, 2025, n=1,029 Verified O’Farm Purchasers with high familiarity to brand (n=119) (“Numerator, Brand Health Tracker”);

•

Numerator, Brand Health Tracker Wave 7, Fielded June 3 - 6, 2025, past 6 month Infant & Toddler Nutrition Buyers screened to ensure primary household shopper for a child <12 (n=818) (“2025 Numerator, BHT Wave 7”);

•

Numerator Custom Analysis, Latest 12 months ended February 28, 2025 (“Numerator Analysis”);

•

Numerator Insights, New Item Source of Volume, First nine months following launch ended June 2024 (“Numerator, Nine months post-June 2024 launch”);

•

Numerator Insights, New Item Source of Volume Report, First six months following launch ended March 2024 (“Numerator, Six months post-March 2024 launch”);

•

Numerator Insights, Shopper Comparison Report, Last 12 months ending September 30, 2025 (“2025 Numerator, Shopper Comparison”);

•

Numerator Insights, Shopper Metrics Report, Last 12 months ending September 30, 2025 (“2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics”);

•

Numerator, Verified Voices Survey, Kid and Baby Pouch Purchasers, Fielded December 12, 2025 (n=424) (“2025 Numerator, Verified Voices”);

•

Organic Trade Association, Consumer Perception of USDA Organic and Competing Label Claims – 2025 (“Organic Trade Association”);

•

SIVO, Insights and Recommendations – March 2023, n=1,451, with total study covering 2,100 consumers (“SIVO”);

•

SPINS, U.S. MULO – 52 weeks and 12 weeks ended September 7, 2025, respectively (“SPINS, U.S. MULO”);

•

SPINS, U.S. MULO + Natural Expanded Channel Data – 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025 (“SPINS, U.S. MULO + Natural Expanded Channel Data”);

•

SPINS, Stores Selling & ACV Data – December 2024 and February 2023 (“SPINS, Stores”);

•

SPINS, 2025 CPG Outlook: Industry Update & Trends Predictions – January 2025 (“SPINS, CPG Outlook”);

•

Renub Research, United States Kids Food and Beverage Market (2020-2032) – 2024 (“Renub”); and

•

84.51° Stratum, Digital Journey Insights – October 2024 (“84.51° Stratum”).

iii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary contains selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus about us and about this offering. It does not contain all of the information that is important to you and your investment decision. Before you make an investment decision, you should review this prospectus in its entirety, including matters set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in the following summary constitute forward-looking statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Once Upon a Farm,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or similar terms refer to Once Upon a Farm, PBC.

Overview

Our Company

At Once Upon a Farm, we are driving systemic change in childhood nutrition with real, organic, farm-fresh food–made with no added sugar, no preservatives, and nothing artificial. From baby’s first bites to kid’s school-ready snacks, we are a rapidly growing leader in modern childhood nutrition that provides innovative, nutrient-packed, delicious food to on-the-go parents for their babies and kids. We revolutionized the childhood nutrition category with what we believe is the first-ever cold-pressed Pouch, setting a new standard for nutrition that parents love and kids crave. From one mother’s kitchen and farmers markets to a beloved household brand, we are the #1 growth brand in the category¹, elevating parents’ expectations for the food their children consume and eliminating the need to compromise taste and quality for convenience.

Our mission and commitment to our consumers guide every decision we make and are at the heart of our identity and journey ahead. We are a public benefit corporation, which requires us to uphold high social and environmental standards and provide transparency for all of our stockholders. Additionally, we believe we are the first baby through kid parent-ally brand with a deep commitment to superior, fresh products with high nutritional standards and incredible taste. Our thoughtful recipes are crafted with high-quality organic ingredients, from cold-pressed Pouches and freshly Frozen Meals, to Refrigerated Oat Bars and Dry Baby Snacks, earning us the trust of parents, and fostering a loyal, passionate, and fast-growing consumer base that accounted for approximately $79 billion in retail sales in the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025².

Our success in developing nutritious food that kids love, and parents feel good providing, has resulted in a remarkable growth trajectory. We have surpassed $318 million of in-store retail sales, according to management estimates, and are the #1 brand driving dollar growth in the categories we play in for the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025. Our products are available in the aisles where parents frequently shop and are sold in more than 25,000³ doors nationwide across U.S. Multi-Outlet (“MULO”) and the Natural Expanded channel. We have strong relationships with well-known retailers, both in brick-and-mortar stores and e-commerce.

We believe we are distinct and attractive to our retail customers as we sell in both the fresh perimeter and center of store allowing for an “all aisle” presence for our consumers that is available on-premise and online. Our playbook is effective as we unlock incremental traffic and growth in the aisles our products are presented in, and our velocities have remained best-in-class as our distribution has expanded. Retailers value this given that we help attract larger basket shoppers and generate better margin outcomes. For example, in baby food we are the #1

¹	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

²	SPINS, U.S. MULO + Natural Expanded Channel Data, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

³	SPINS, U.S. MULO + Natural Expanded Channel Data, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

growth brand and more than 60% incremental to the category, with upwards of 35% new purchasing as of July 13, 2024, according to management estimates. We believe our brand is enhancing childhood nutrition options and categories as we provide modern, better-for-you products that yield satisfaction and smiles.

From A Mission to A Movement

In 2015, Cassandra Curtis and Ari Raz started Once Upon a Farm with a mission centered around two main pillars:

•

Kids should be eating food that is organic, fresh, clean, and real; and

•

Parents need food options that are delicious, nutritious, and convenient.

Cassandra created the original recipes in her kitchen to feed her own children because nothing she could buy at the grocery store from existing food brands met her high personal standards. Inspired by this mission, in 2017, industry veteran, longtime leader of Annie’s, and former president of the Annie’s operating unit at General Mills, John Foraker partnered with actor, philanthropist, and entrepreneur / businesswoman, Jennifer Garner, to join with Cassandra and Ari to create the next generation childhood nutrition company. Subsequently, we assembled a team of Consumer-Packaged Goods (“CPG”) veterans, with experience disrupting category norms, and built an organization filled with talented, passionate and success-seeking people.

Through the power of our team, we believe we are a pioneer in modern childhood nutrition with a deep connection to our consumers built on trust, quality, and transparency. Our brand’s “farm fresh first” approach resonates with parents wanting to increase their kids’ consumption of fruits and veggies, resulting in high consumer loyalty and advocacy. It is through these foundational advocates that we have enjoyed continued success, as our brand is amplified via their enthusiastic word-of-mouth, which is sincere, effective, and comes at no cost to our business. We utilize this in tandem with our multi-faceted, consumer-driven marketing strategy across social media, traditional marketing, and national partnerships and campaigns. That said, peer-to-peer marketing has become increasingly significant in how parents are introduced to our brand. According to an April 2020 study, among people purchasing Once Upon a Farm, 23% became aware of our brand through word-of-mouth⁴. This trend has only strengthened over time; a 2024 study found that word-of-mouth advocacy is now the number one way consumers discover our brand, with 34% of consumers learning about us through word-of-mouth⁵. Parents who purchase our products often brag about our quality and taste profile that kids love. Despite this, and the significant reach our brand has for its size, we only have household penetration of 4.8%⁶ as of the last 12 months ending September 30, 2025, which should provide us with significant growth opportunities.

The Proof is in The Pouches…And Our Innovative Products

At the heart of our business is our never-ending drive to perfect our core product: our Pouches. Over time, we have enhanced the formulations, improved the format, and updated the packaging, which are then applied to subsequent product rollouts. We boast an unrelenting focus on taste and quality of our products and leverage our innovation capabilities and supply chain expertise to bring these products into the homes of our consumers.

Pouches, our core category, include Fruit & Veggie Blends, Functional Blends, and Smoothies. We designed our Pouches to deliver innovation and modernization to the stagnant dairy aisle. We make our Pouches by blending fresh and Individual Quick Frozen (“IQF”) fruits and vegetables, sourced at peak ripeness, with other high-quality ingredients. The result is a fresh product with a taste and texture as if it were homemade. Kids love the taste, and parents feel great about the simple ingredients and freshness.

⁴	Hanover, Brand Tracker.

⁵

GutCheck.

⁶	2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics.

We also have sought-after and on-trend functional offerings for our Pouches, such as our Immunity and Smart Blends, which are designed to support children’s health and development as people look to food as a means for preventative health benefits. For the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025, these Pouches were the highest velocity products among our Kid & Baby Pouch portfolio⁷. According to SPINS, U.S. MULO, as of the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025, our portfolio of Pouches had approximately $132 million of retail sales, with the #1 position⁸ in the category contributing more growth dollars and units to the category compared to any other brand.

Building upon our Pouches’ strong foundation of trust, loyalty, and passion with our consumers, we expanded into baby and kid pantry snacking with Dry Baby Snacks and Refrigerated Oat Bars. In 2023, we launched what we believe was the first-of-its-kind Refrigerated Oat Bar, and in 2024, we launched Dry Baby Snacks which include Fruit & Veggie Puffs, Melts, and Tractor Wheel Bars. Per SPINS, U.S. MULO data on retail sales, as of the 12 weeks ended September 7, 2025, we are the #1 velocity Baby & Toddler Snack brand in the United States, specifically with the #1 velocity in Puffs, Melts, and Toddler Bars, making our Dry Baby Snacks the #2 brand in the category by dollar sales. We also launched our Soft-Baked Bars for kids and they have quickly become the fastest growing brand driving segment growth in the Natural / Organic Breakfast Bar category where carried, according to management estimates, which we believe presents a substantial opportunity for us to further establish our reputation as a leading bar brand in a $7.5 billion Bar category, according to SPINS, U.S. MULO + Natural Expanded Channel data as of the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025.

LOGO

Our portfolio also includes a line of freshly frozen organic meals focused on veggie forward finger feeding products that are an important bridge for parents transitioning babies to solid foods. These products also give us a foothold and experience in the Frozen category, which represents a significant opportunity for further brand expansion in the future.

One of the most exciting opportunities ahead of us is the opportunity to broaden our cooler installations and presence in the baby aisle, which is traditionally home to only shelf stable products. In 2022, we began to slowly scale the roll-out of fresh baby coolers at key retailers to meet the growing demand of parents seeking fresh baby food and clean snack options. Today, we have over 3,200 coolers deployed nationally and are well-positioned to continue to steward this initiative into a meaningful growth engine for Once Upon a Farm and our retail

⁷	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

⁸	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

customers. Our coolers not only create convenience and efficiency for shoppers, but also are highly incremental to baby food category growth, leading to larger and more profitable baskets for retailers. Our baby aisle coolers are 61% incremental and aisles featuring our coolers see +10 percentage points of total category dollar growth post-cooler launch, according to management estimates.

LOGO

LTM September 30, 2025A represents the results for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 and is derived by adding the results of the nine months ended September 30, 2025 to results from our statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024, and subtracting the results of the nine months ended September 30, 2024.

Omnichannel Route-to-Market with Leading Partners

We have built and fortified strong relationships with top retailers, both brick-and-mortar and online. Our retail customers are aligned with and supportive of our mission in the baby and kids’ aisles. They have been constructive in furthering the Once Upon a Farm’s brand presence in their stores, recognizing both the growth opportunity they see and the high-value consumers that our brand attracts.

Retail Stores: We have a strong presence at brick-and-mortar stores, evidenced by expanding shelf space with over 485,000 points of distribution and cooler placement in over 3,200 stores, according to management estimates. Our products are available at leading retail customers, including Target, Whole Foods, Kroger, Walmart, Publix, and Wegmans. We collaborate with leading retailers to ensure Once Upon a Farm is prominently displayed across the store to meet parents where they shop and support our goal of “owning the aisles.” Retailers who have our products filling over 15% of their Refrigerated Kid segment see an average increase of approximately 10.3%⁹ in their topline growth compared to U.S. MULO.

⁹	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

LOGO

Additionally, we have our own established, profitable DTC platform that is an essential omnichannel connection point with consumers. Our platform enables us to have direct relationships with thousands of consumers that we survey to gain valuable insights that we can leverage across our portfolio to drive growth and develop products.

A Strategically Differentiated Supply Chain

We are committed to consistently delivering delicious, high-quality products using the highest quality ingredients, sourcing, and production, and maintain strict oversight across our entire supply chain. We consider our global sourcing relationships, our knowledge of the organic supply chain, our complex manufacturing processes, and our contract manufacturing network consisting of 30 production facilities and fulfillment and raw material warehouses to be distinct competitive advantages presenting a strong barrier to entry. We believe that our role in improving childhood nutrition starts with how our food is grown, picked, and packed, which is why we carefully manage most of these processes.

¹⁰	84.51° Stratum.

processing capabilities, we remain actively involved in directing and advising them throughout the formulation, blending, and packaging stages to ensure our proprietary specifications and quality standards are met. Moreover, certain of our agreements require our contract manufacturers to install specified equipment purchased by us for use in production of the applicable products. Our production oversight and traceability sets us apart in the industry, while maintaining gross margins of 40% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, which are among the best of our public company peers.

We are committed to the highest standards of social responsibility within our supply chain. For the year ended December 31, 2024, 73.1% of our domestic ingredients came from farms certified by the Equitable Food Initiative (“EFI”), which partners with growers and retailers to create a more transparent food chain and healthier workplace for the well-being of farmers growing and harvesting our high-quality raw ingredients. We view our farmers as true partners and utilize a “follow the harvest” strategy sourcing from all over the world to ensure that we are using the freshest ingredients that are in season.

Our Financial Profile

Our strong track record of continuous innovation, expansion of our product assortment, and increased brand awareness and household penetration has resulted in rapid growth since our inception. We have grown Once Upon a Farm to $225.9 million in annual net sales for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, representing a 64.4% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) from 2018 to the twelve months ended September 30, 2025. The following results for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 are derived by adding the results of the nine months ended September 30, 2025 to our statement of operations and management’s calculations for the year ended December 31, 2024, and subtracting the results of the nine months ended September 30, 2024.

LOGO

Our compelling financial profile and balanced asset-lite business model is characterized by high growth, robust gross margins and Contribution Margins, and increasing profitability as reflected in our results from 2022 to the twelve months ended September 30, 2025.

•

Our net sales increased from $66.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 to $225.9 million in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, representing a CAGR of 56.2%

•

Our gross margins increased by 247 basis points from 39.3% in the year ended December 31, 2022 to 41.7% in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025

•

Our Contribution Margins increased by 801 basis points from 28.0% in the year ended December 31, 2022 to 36.0% in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025

•

Our net loss increased from a $19.3 million loss in the year ended December 31, 2022 to a $52.0 million loss in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025

•

Our Adjusted EBITDA decreased from a loss of $14.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 to a loss of $2.4 million in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025

Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following strengths differentiate our brand and have built the foundation for our continued growth and stewardship of children’s nutrition:

Modern & Deeply Trusted Brand Covering Baby Through Kid

Once Upon a Farm is a modern, premium brand that has earned the trust of parents by offering simple, great-tasting, and highly nutritious organic foods that both parents and children love. Our Company mission is to drive systemic change in childhood nutrition for a happier, healthier, and more equitable world. We are addressing what we believe is an unmet need that legacy manufacturers of children’s packaged food options, especially ones kids crave the most, have historically failed to address. Many of the most popular and widely available children’s snacks contain preservatives, artificial flavors and colors, and lots of added refined sugars. We are a next generation brand providing convenient, fresh, organic, and better-for-you food options for babies and kids, that on-the-go parents trust.

Our products resonate with our consumers no matter where they shop–across aisles and channels, evidenced by our strong Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) of 47 according to a survey conducted on January 15, 2025, which leads our competitive set and reinforces the trust and favorability we have built over the years. We have a loyal base of consumers that we have cultivated over an extended period of time through repeated positive consumer interactions with our brand and products. Most recently, a survey from January 2025 found that Once Upon a Farm is seen as one of the most trustworthy brands by 73%¹¹ of brand buyers. According to the 2025 Numerator, BHT Wave 7 survey, our aided brand awareness increased to 67%, from 59% one year prior. We are viewed as a ‘badge brand’ that parents gravitate towards given our brand is associated with a high standard of quality, transparency, and taste that kids love. As a result, we believe consumers are proactively sharing our brand through peer-to-peer connections because of their love for our products and their desire to share that experience with their friends and family members. We have earned the trust of parents by never compromising on our promise to them to provide healthy food choices, making Once Upon a Farm a go-to choice for playdates, parks, and busy families everywhere. However, with household penetration only at 4.8%¹² as of the last 12 months ending September 30, 2025, we believe we still have so much opportunity ahead of us.

Consistently Delicious Products Made With High-Quality Ingredients

Our unwavering commitment is to create delicious products that children love using high-quality, fresh, and clean ingredients. Parents appreciate our transparency and dedication to providing products that are safe, organic, non-GMO Project Verified, contain no added sugar, and are free from artificial flavors, colors, and preservatives, as evidenced by the graphic below derived from the 2025 Numerator, Verified Voices data. Our simple and easy to understand ingredients are correctly perceived as healthy by parents, differentiating us from most category competition. Once Upon a Farm’s entire portfolio, which utilizes over 115 diverse ingredients, adheres to strict organic standards and is certified with the United States Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”) Organic seal.

¹¹	Numerator, Brand Health Tracker.

¹²	2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics.

¹³	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

demonstrates how parents are increasingly looking for products that are simple, clean, and that they believe can do more for their kids without sacrificing on delivering a superior taste to ensure kids want to keep coming back for more.

LOGO

We understand the importance of maintaining trust with the children who consume our products and their parents, which is why we are committed to upholding our products to the highest quality standards. Our Pouches have received verification from The Clean Label Project and have earned us the Purity Award Certification, solidifying us as a top choice for parents in the category. We believe these recognitions, coupled with our repeat rates showcase our ability to strike the perfect combination of flavor, taste, and nutritional value.

Leading In-House Innovation Capabilities Redefining the Baby & Kid Food Markets

Innovation is at the core of Once Upon a Farm—we constantly seek to optimize and improve our products to provide relevant options that meet the needs of today’s families while staying true to our mission. We disrupted the industry in 2015 when we introduced our cold-pressed Pouches, for the first time providing families with nutrition-packed, fresh homemade taste without the preparation and clean-up. Our Pouches are designed for on-the-go convenience, with easy-to-use spouts, making feeding simpler and mess-free. Aside from novel formats, we continue to explore new ingredient combinations and functional benefits. For instance, in 2022, we expanded our line of Pouches with Immunity Blends, which now have the highest growth rates across our big kid portfolio, according to SPINS for the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025. An analysis conducted by Numerator demonstrates that new to brand households purchasing Immunity Blends in their first year are shown to be more valuable to our total brand compared to new to brand households purchasing any other segment.

Following the launch of our core Pouches, and establishing our brand’s trust with families, we expanded our portfolio into additional categories with great success. Our first entry into snacking was via expansions into Refrigerated Oat Bars and Dry Baby Snacks, and today, new products outside of our core Pouches represent approximately 34% of our portfolio and drove 64%¹⁴ of growth contribution for the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025. Over time, our goal is to be the go-to brand for babies, toddlers, and big kids, as 65%¹⁵ of parents want a brand that spans all ages, which enhances the market position of Once Upon a Farm as we believe there are no competitive substitutes that span those ages.

¹⁴	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

¹⁵

SIVO.

ongoing product evaluation, we maintain a robust pipeline of new products, and are confident we have the team, capabilities, and most importantly, the brand to continue to lead and disrupt the industry.

Core Demographic Comprised of Loyal Consumers With Strong Brand Affinity

We relentlessly focus on being a consumer-led brand and an ally for parents. Our brand’s attributes have and continue to win over a valuable, attractive, and passionate consumer base. This connection often begins before consumers actually start buying Once Upon a Farm products. According to the Mintel, Marketing report, first time moms exhibit heightened information-seeking behaviors, especially across digital sources where they are up to 35% more likely than all moms to seek information. Once the baby arrives, the Mintel, Baby Food report indicates that 57% of parents rely heavily on recommendations from their pediatricians and 55% rely on word-of-mouth from friends and family with young children when it comes to feeding their babies. According to the same Mintel report, 76% of consumers believe that brands play a role in educating parents about nutrition. Our brand’s growing awareness, coupled with our full-funnel marketing strategies, has resulted in our brand consistently showing up as a leading name during this phase for parents.

This established trust and introduction to Once Upon a Farm creates early adoption and serves as a gateway for babies to our Kid offerings and establishes long-term brand loyalty among parents with our average consumer around 2-5 years old. As noted, we boast a strong brand NPS score, and have immensely favorable brand sentiment around product attributes such as “high quality,” “trust,” and “health/nutrition” among our purchasers according to a survey conducted January 15, 2025¹⁶. By consistently delivering on our consumer expectations, we have established a devoted consumer base and created a community of loyal parents who are advocates for our brand. This is evident through their strong repeat purchasing rates of 50%¹⁷ among households with kids for the 12 months ending September 30, 2025. In addition to repeat purchasing, our customers are loyal to our brand, as demonstrated through their shopping across our product portfolio. Notably, approximately 48% of households buying our refrigerated products also purchase our products in other categories where available, according to management estimates. We are fortunate to have such amazing parents in our consumer base, and hope to continue enhancing and expanding that trust for years to come.

Deep & Symbiotic Retail Relationships

We partner with the most-trafficked retailers nationally who rely on us to deliver category leading innovation, excellent growth opportunities, and a brand that draws attractive consumers into the store. Retail customers value the incremental categories we offer, the strong velocities we bring, and the resulting growth and premium margins we deliver for them. Our shoppers spend approximately 1.5 times¹⁸ more annually on groceries compared to the average grocery shopper with 2-4 times larger shopper baskets for cross-shopping households compared to perimeter only, according to management estimates. We are also able to deepen our assortment across the store by driving higher dollar sales per store, or point of distribution (“$SPP”), which is beneficial to both us and our retail customers. Our $SPP continues to hold strong, with growth of 31% across the total U.S. MULO for the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025. Our strategic retail customers on the leading edge of this strategy are seeing $SPP growth upwards of 50% to 80% over this same timeframe. In other words, each point of our all-commodities-volume weighted distribution (“ACV distribution”) for our leading U.S. retailers is worth 50% to 80% more today than it was just a year ago. In addition to driving foot traffic, according to management estimates, our consumers are digitally savvy with 35% of our retail sales being made online in 2024, which is 3 times more valuable to retailers than in-store according to 84.51° Stratum.

¹⁶	Numerator, Brand Health Tracker.

¹⁷	2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics.

¹⁸	2025 Numerator, Shopper Comparison.

We are the #1 brand¹⁹ driving dollar growth for retailers in the categories we play in. In the Kid Yogurt section of the dairy category, our Pouches are among the primary catalysts driving accelerated total category growth, resulting in our leading retail customers’ Kid Yogurt categories growing on average approximately 10.3%²⁰ more than U.S. MULO. Due to our points of differentiation from the competition, we are 69% incremental to the Kid Yogurt category, according to management estimates, and 73% incremental to the Refrigerated Bar category²¹. We also achieved the distinction of being the #1 velocity Baby & Toddler Snack brand in the United States²², and when Dry Baby Snacks launched, according to management estimates, became 80% incremental to each of the Baby & Toddler Puffs, Melts, and Bars categories, with 50% of that from new to category households²³. Additionally, our Soft-Baked Bars that launched in 2024 are now the fastest growing brand driving segment growth in the Natural / Organic Breakfast Bar category where carried, according to management estimates.

Difficult to Replicate, Scaled, and Global Supply Chain Network

From “farm to kid,” we have built a best-in-class and capital efficient supply chain that enables us to produce complex and differentiated products with organic, high-quality ingredients at scale. We view our farmers as true partners and we source ingredients globally using a “follow the harvest” strategy to ensure each ingredient meets our standards for quality, freshness, and availability. We employ a comprehensive quality assurance program, which includes strict supplier qualifications, audits, and thorough regular testing of raw materials and finished products. We share the results of these tests with our consumers as we know how much they value transparency. To maintain freshness year-round, we utilize a combination of fresh and IQF fruits and vegetables in our products. Additionally, we maintain requisite inventory based on demand forecasting, so that we can consistently meet our customer needs.

Our differentiated supply chain, along with our manufacturing and procurement expertise, enables us to produce products of the highest quality, with leading gross margin and Contribution Margin of 43.6% and 36.8%, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2024, and 40.4% and 34.8%, respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2025, which we believe will be difficult for new or incumbent competitors to replicate.

Mission-Driven Leadership Team With a Proven Track-Record, Developing a Best-in-Class Culture

We believe we have one of the most talented C-suites in the industry for a business of our size. This is purposeful, as we are building Once Upon a Farm for the future. Our leadership team has 125 years of collective experience in CPG, and most have been working closely together at the Company for over five years. The majority of our C-suite has prior experience in helping to scale disruptive, high growth brands that challenged category norms and reset industry standards.

Our Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder, John Foraker, has over 30 years of experience in the natural and organic food industry having joined Annie’s as an investor in 1998, becoming its Chief Executive Officer when it was still a small company in 2003, growing it into an industry leader and spearheading its 2012 IPO, which was followed by its eventual sale to General Mills in 2014. John is one of our earliest investors, and in 2017, he joined us as our Chief Executive Officer to lead our endeavor to build an innovation-led children’s nutrition brand for babies and kids. Lawrence Waldman, our President and Chief Financial Officer, has over 27 years of experience in entrepreneurial CPG brands, including at Annie’s, where he was responsible for building the supply chain that fueled the successful expansion of that business and strong financial model. He joined Once

¹⁹	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

²⁰	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

²¹	Numerator, Nine months post-June 2024 launch.

²²	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 12-week period ended September 7, 2025.

²³	Numerator, Six months post-March 2024 launch.

Upon a Farm in November 2017 and has leveraged his know-how to build a strong and differentiated supply chain model with very favorable unit economics.

Our leadership team’s belief in our mission and shared values underpinning our organization has fostered a winning culture that prioritizes high performance, excellence in execution, talent development, trust, and open communication. The brand we’ve built, the confidence we have in our future growth, and the powerful attraction of our core mission enables us to attract best-in-class candidates across CPG and retain top talent, creating a deep bench of talent at all management levels. We further prioritize training and otherwise nurturing that talent as critical to our long-term success. We are proud of our high employee engagement scores and high retention. Our culture is the glue that holds our organization together, and as a result has made us a highly sought-after place to work. Our team is motivated by a shared goal to sustainably nourish families for years to come. As just one example of this devotion, we proudly formed our A Million Meals program in partnership with the non-profit organization, Save the Children. Through this program, we have pledged to distribute 1,000,000 nutritious meals to children in food-insecure communities in the United States. We are committed to giving kids a better start for a healthier, happier tomorrow.

Our Growth Strategies

Grow Brand Awareness To Drive Increased Household Penetration

We lead with our core values in all aspects of our business. We believe this mission-led approach resonates with our consumers and creates authentic connections, reinforcing our identity as a parent-ally brand. Kids love the taste of our products and parents love the high-quality nutritional profile and convenience we bring, resulting in repeat customers, earned trust, and brand loyalty. Parents are excited to share our products with other parents, enabling us to grow our brand awareness through word-of-mouth as parents share our story. We believe we can achieve meaningful scale in the years ahead, similar to what leading brands have accomplished during periods of category leadership. For example, Nestle reported approximately $2 billion in annual sales for the Gerber brand at the time of its acquisition in 2007. While we are at an earlier stage, we believe the strength of our brand, innovative go-to-market model, and growing consumer demand position us well to capture long-term value in the category. As of the last 12 months ending September 30, 2025, our household penetration per the 2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics report was 4.8%, up 57% year-over-year from 3.1%, but still under-penetrated when compared to the average household penetration of our top 3 competitors, which include Gerber, GoGo squeeZ, and Stonyfield Baby/Kid, of 12.5%. This leaves us with significant room to deepen household penetration into the mid-teens or beyond, as we continue to grow brand awareness. Even while growing our penetration of households with kids by more than 50%, per the 2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics report, we maintained a high buy rate of $46.02²⁴ for the 12 months ending September 30, 2025.

critical entry point and further establish ourselves as a trusted ally for parents during the crucial early stages of their baby’s development. This provides us significant runway to leverage our broader product portfolio to meet the evolving nutritional needs of babies and kids.

Our omnichannel approach meets consumers wherever they are, eliminating the need for them to shop elsewhere, which creates a formidable moat that we believe drives long-term retention and loyalty. Our DTC platform serves as an essential omnichannel connection point, enabling us to conveniently engage with parents and gain deep insights and analytics on evolving consumer preferences, allowing us to build direct and meaningful relationships with parents.

²⁴	2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics.

We intend to effectively engage and connect with consumers through our full-funnel, modern marketing initiatives. By creating authentic, peer-to-peer connections, we promote future sharing of our brand through word-of-mouth. This approach includes leveraging critical retail media networks, influencer programs, high-frequency national media campaigns, engaging social media, impactful sponsorships, and immersive in-store activations. Through the goodwill we have created with consumers and the connections we have established with parents, we believe we can reduce friction throughout the customer journey and push consumers through the funnel more effectively. We are confident that once consumers are introduced to our brand and our products, we can efficiently drive conversion from trials to repeat purchases, further fostering long-term loyalty.

Deepen and Expand Our Reach With Retailers

We have cultivated and continue to maintain strong and mutually beneficial relationships with our retail customers, who we believe are critical to our long-term growth strategy. We are prioritizing expanding our presence in retail locations and optimizing our distribution across all applicable stores. Our goal is to increase our distribution with current retailers by deepening our existing product assortment through increased stock keeping unit (“SKU”) counts. As of September 7, 2025, we had 65% of ACV distribution in over 22,000 stores, across six product categories, with an average of more than 20 SKUs in each of our doors for the U.S. MULO²⁵, and leading retailers carrying upwards of 30-60 SKUs and growing. We believe there remains significant opportunity to continue driving retail sales growth through assortment expansion within existing categories as well as potential to extend across aisles and penetrate into new categories through our product innovations.

We also intend to grow sales while amplifying the excitement of our in-store presence and expanding our in-store footprint by continuing the capital-efficient execution of our national baby cooler deployment. As of September 30, 2025, we have strategically deployed over 3,200 coolers across the nation, reflecting a compound annual growth rate of 72% from December 31, 2022 to September 30, 2025. Coolers play a highly disruptive role in our brand journey, serving as a key entry point into the brand for new consumer households. We are rapidly scaling our cooler program to extend our brand presence and increase our product assortment and SKU count across retailers. Our coolers can be found replacing standard shelving in the baby aisle as an endcap or free standing, and they currently feature our widest selection of pouches and baby food meals with baby positioning and nutrition designed for what we believe parents walking down the baby aisle are looking for. We estimate that there is an opportunity to expand across North America into a footprint of more than 15,000 coolers in stores. Our coolers may be owned by us or our retail customers and we typically share the cost of our branded coolers with our retail customers. Our contribution averages between $3,000 and $8,000 per unit, depending on cooler size and retailer-specific arrangements, and is generally recorded as a component of slotting fees which we recognize as a reduction in net sales. Our capital-efficient cooler program continues to demonstrate strong in-store sales performance at the point of purchase. We have an annual run-rate of approximately $12,000 in-store retail sales per cooler based on our average for the 12 weeks ended September 7, 2025, according to management estimates. As we have accelerated our roll-out, we have also increased the productivity of our coolers and believe there are further productivity enhancement opportunities as we scale the program and optimize our cooler placement in stores, broaden our product assortment in each cooler, increase brand awareness, and bring additional innovation. We expect our continued cooler deployment into the baby aisle to drive growth to our dairy aisle assortment, as excitement about our brand and products crosses aisles. In addition, according to management estimates, our coolers contribute a 1.8 times lift to the basket size for the entire baby department. Due to the incrementality and uplift our coolers provide, retailers are eager to partner with us on this initiative. This enables us to grow our brand with balanced capital investments, while generating high return on investment and solidifying our position as the fresh baby category leader and a key long-term growth partner for retailers.

In addition to our primary retail growth strategy of increasing depth within existing accounts, we believe there is significant opportunity to increase e-commerce retail sales and expand into new retail customers and international markets.

²⁵	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 12-week period ended September 7, 2025.

Continue Innovation-Led Category Disruption

Our belief in the high demand for nutritious and delicious foods for babies through kids is reinforced by the success of our core portfolio and our track-record of carefully expanding and enhancing our offerings. For example, we have introduced more than 40 new products from new product lines since 2023. These new products are also quickly gaining market share as evidenced by the top three performance of our Dry Baby Snack SKUs within 6 months after launching, according to SPINS, U.S. MULO data²⁶. As another example, our Immunity Blends have seen impressive success in driving trials and repeat purchasing. When a new Once Upon a Farm household purchases Immunity Blends in their first year, they boast higher purchase frequency and buy rate on our total brand, 69% higher than new-to-brand households purchasing our core Pouches, driving strong customer loyalty²⁷. Our strategic approach to product innovation also contributes to complementary performance of our products across aisles. According to management estimates regarding consumer purchasing behavior of our products, approximately 48% of households buying our Refrigerated Kid products cross-shop our products across additional categories where available, ultimately resulting in larger baskets, benefiting both our brand and our retail customers.

Our goal is to continue meeting the evolving needs and preferences of our consumers. We are witnessing a growing demand for functional baby and kid nutritional offerings due to the prevalence and rise of health and wellness trends. Leveraging the direct connections with parents built through our DTC website and our extensive consumer analytics, we believe we have the platform to enhance and expand our existing portfolio to fulfill these unmet needs and preferences. This includes building out our functional portfolio across formats, temperature states, and key elements such as protein, brain health support, and gut health support, which not only provide parents the functionality they are looking for but also satisfy the cravings of babies and kids.

Innovation is at the core of our Company, and we constantly strive to create new products that align with our core values and mission of providing tasty, fresh, and organic food to families without compromise. By leveraging our established reputation and trust with families, led by our disruptive baby portfolio, we can strategically deliver innovative products to older kids. This will expand our brand and extend the lifetime value of our core consumers. We believe there are several high-potential adjacent categories where we can leverage our tested brand standards for ingredients, nutrition, and taste, to provide consumers with new and improved choices across the kid’s lunchboxes. We have also developed a robust pipeline to serve key needs that we believe will make Once Upon a Farm a one-stop-shop for all things baby. We are confident that through innovation in new products, product line extensions, and packaging types, we will continue to drive meaningful growth for our Company.

Drive Sustained, Profitable Growth

We have made significant investments into building out our infrastructure to support long-term growth and to enhance the profitability of our core operating model as we grow. Margins have expanded consistently over recent years, with gross margins in 2024 up 2.5% versus 2023, and 4.3% versus 2022. Our ongoing optimization efforts have already delivered over $25 million in annual savings. Our investments include assembling best-in-class talent from high-growth, CPG, and public company backgrounds, implementing strategic sales management principles, building scalable information and technology systems, and establishing a “follow the harvest” global procurement network. These investments are designed to drive execution of our growth strategy and significant operating leverage to our model as we continue to grow. We believe we have been able to reduce final-mile delivery costs by more than 35% in the last three years while maintaining a responsive, customer-first experience.

²⁶	Numerator, Six months post-March 2024 launch

²⁷	Numerator Analysis.

investments in expanded capacity and operational efficiency have been integral to our margin expansion efforts, and we believe they will continue to be so in the future. With our extensive experience and expertise in manufacturing and procurement, developed in collaboration with our trusted partners, we believe we are well-positioned to consistently deliver the highest quality, premium products to our consumers while also ensuring profitability and sustainability for Once Upon a Farm.

As we extend our presence with existing retail customers, we believe there is also opportunity to further increase our operating margins. The strength of our brand and ability to efficiently deliver industry-disrupting products to our consumers have consistently resulted in attractive and expanding gross margins.

We expect our highly disciplined financial model and leading gross margin profile to be significant drivers of value going forward.

Industry Challenges and Macroeconomic Conditions

We face a number of challenges inherent to our industry, including, among others: our ability to preserve the high-quality of our premium food products by preventing product contamination, food-borne illnesses, allergens, or spoilage; our ability to manage our supply chain effectively, including by retaining existing, or establishing new, relationships with contract manufacturers and suppliers; our exposure to changing consumer preferences, perceptions, and spending habits with respect to the natural and organic food industry; and our ability to achieve profitability. In addition, uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment resulting from geopolitical and economic instability, including the imposition of potential tariffs, embargoes, or similar restrictions could cause disruption in our supply chain. In particular, tariffs or other barriers to trade affecting Mexico and South America, where we source a significant portion of our fruit and vegetable ingredients, could lead to shortages and higher cost of procurement. New or increased tariffs could also negatively affect U.S. national or regional economies or lead to increased inflation or a recession, which could negatively impact consumer spending. Any number of these challenges, and others, could have a negative impact on our business and performance.

For a description of the challenges, risks, and limitations that could harm our business and performance, see “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Recent Developments

Preliminary Unaudited Estimated Financial Results for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2025

We are in the process of finalizing our results for the three months ended December 31, 2025. We have presented below ranges of certain unaudited preliminary results and estimates of selected key business metrics for the three months ended December 31, 2025, as well as the comparative period for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The following information reflects our preliminary estimates with respect to such data based on currently available information and does not present all necessary information for an understanding of our financial condition for the three months ended December 31, 2025. These estimated metrics should not be viewed as a substitute for our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP included in this prospectus.

We have prepared and provided ranges, rather than specific amounts, for the information below, primarily because our financial closing and analysis procedures are not yet completed. This financial information has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management and is subject to revisions based on our procedures and controls associated with our financial reporting process. Our independent registered public accounting firm,

Deloitte & Touche LLP, has not audited, reviewed, or performed any procedures with respect to our preliminary results or the accounting treatment thereof and does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. Our actual audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025, are not expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) until after the completion of this offering.

While we believe that such information and estimates are based on reasonable assumptions and management’s reasonable judgment, our actual results may vary. Factors that could cause the actual results to differ include (but are not limited to) the discovery of new information that affects accounting estimates and management’s judgments, or impacts valuation methodologies underlying these estimated results; the completion of our auditors’ procedures for the review of our interim consolidated condensed financial statements; the audit of our December 31, 2025 financial statements; and a variety of business, economic, and competitive risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control, and we undertake no obligation to update this information, unless required by law. This information should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure. For further information about the limitations to the use of the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The following tables provide detail on our preliminary unaudited estimated financial results for the three months ended December 31, 2025, and reconcile Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure:


	Three Months Ended December 31,
	2025 (Estimated)						2024 (Actual)
($ in thousands)	High			Low
GAAP Financial Measures:
Net sales	$	64,100		$	62,000		$	49,212
Gross profit	$	31,200		$	29,500		$	22,968
Gross margin		49	%		48	%		47	%
Net income (loss)	$	11,500		$	9,000		$	(12,250	)
Non-GAAP Financial Measures:
Adjusted EBITDA⁽¹⁾	$	7,000		$	5,000		$	2,185

⁽¹⁾	See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA.

The estimates of net sales include an estimated range of trade spending and promotional discounts that are recognized as a reduction of revenue. Our estimates of trade spending and promotional discounts are based on estimates of trade spending incurred but not settled, expected participation in our programs offered, and estimated volume of retail consumption sales, which is primarily obtained from third-parties. The estimates of net loss and adjusted EBITDA also include estimated ranges for marketing spending and stock-based compensation, as we are in the process of finalizing our calculations based on our fair value assumptions.

The increase in our estimated net income in the three months ended December 31, 2025 compared to net losses in prior periods is primarily due to a decrease in trade spending and decrease in marketing spending due to seasonality. This increase was also due to $6.8 million of income due to a decrease in the fair value of the derivative liability for the three months ended December 31, 2025 driven by a decrease in estimated fair value of

our convertible preferred stock, compared to expense recorded in prior periods due to increases in fair value of the derivative liability in prior periods. There was $12.8 million of expense recorded due to an increase in fair value of the derivative liability for the three months ended December 31, 2024 driven by an increase in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock.

We typically reduce our trade spending and marketing spending in the last three months of the year in anticipation of increased spending in the first three months of the following year. We expect our trade spending to return to historical levels in Q1 2026, as we invest in dairy category resets, as well as payments of slotting fees related to expansion into new stores and placement of coolers in retail customer stores. We also plan to increase marketing spending in 2026 to support our planned growth. The derivative liability will be eliminated after this offering, as the underlying Convertible Notes will be converted to common stock in connection with this offering.

Reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA


	Three Months Ended December 31,
	2025 (Estimated)						2024 (Actual)
($ in thousands)	High			Low
Net income (loss)	$	11,500		$	9,000		$	(12,250	)
Adjusted for:
Change in fair value of derivative liability⁽¹⁾		(6,844	)		(6,844	)		12,823
Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability⁽¹⁾		(331	)		(331	)		645
Stock-based compensation		944			1,444			446
Depreciation and amortization		393			393			256
Amortization of Spokesperson Agreement expense		649			649			—
Interest expense		755			755			391
Interest income		(41	)		(41	)		(142	)
Provision (benefit) for income tax		(25	)		(25	)		16

Adjusted EBITDA	$	7,000		$	5,000		$	2,185

⁽¹⁾	Amount reflects the change in fair value of derivative liability related to Convertible Notes (as defined herein) and change in fair value of convertible preferred warrant liability related to our Nonconvertible Debt (as defined herein) agreement.

Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a replacement for or superior to, the respective comparable GAAP measure, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Management believes that this measure provides useful information to investors by offering an additional way of viewing our results that, when reconciled to the respective corresponding GAAP measure, helps our investors to understand the operating income of our business and compare our operating income to prior and future periods and to our peers. We urge you to review the reconciliation found above and elsewhere in this prospectus. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to other periods and more information regarding our use of this metric and its usefulness to investors, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Risk Factors Summary

Investing in our common stock involves risks, which are discussed more fully under “Risk Factors.” You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including under “Risk Factors,” before making an investment decision. Some of the most significant risks we face are the following:

•

We may suffer adverse public relations, need to recall our products and experience product liability claims if our products are contaminated, alleged to be contaminated or are rumored to have adverse effects, or if our products are alleged to cause illness or injury.

•

Factors outside of our and our suppliers’ control that disrupt our operations or impact the inputs, commodities, and ingredients that we use in our business.

•

The failure to manage our supply chain effectively, including inventory levels and transportation services.

•

The availability of natural, plant-rich, and organic ingredients.

•

Our ability to protect personal, proprietary, and confidential information and prevent security incidents.

•

Damage to the reputation of the Company, products, our management team, or co-founders.

•

Adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, pestilence, climate change, and other conditions beyond our control that could disrupt our operations.

•

The failure to retain and motivate our management team or other key team members, including our co-founders.

•

We rely on a limited number of independent contract manufacturers and suppliers, including co-packers, for certain equipment, ingredients, and packaging materials.

•

The loss of a significant customer.

•

Changing consumer preferences, perceptions, and spending habits.

•

The failure to successfully pursue growth or implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all.

•

Disruptions in the worldwide economy.

•

The inability to compete successfully in our highly competitive markets.

•

Any damage or disruption at any facility where our finished goods inventory is located.

•

Many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us.

•

If our growth strategy related to the deployment of coolers proves to be unsuccessful or the operating capacity of our coolers is harmed.

•

The fluctuation in our business as a result of price actions, promotional activities, chargebacks, and seasonality.

•

Our ability to expand existing customer relationships and acquire new customers.

•

If our estimated market opportunity proves to be inaccurate.

•

A failure of our enterprise resource planning system or deficient information sharing capabilities.

•

The sufficiency and effectiveness of our marketing and trade spending programs and whether we are able to develop and maintain our brand.

•

Our ability to implement initiatives to improve productivity and streamline operations to control or reduce costs.

•

We are subject to significant governmental regulation.

•

Failure by our network of farms, suppliers of raw materials, co-packers, or co-manufacturers to comply with food safety, environmental or other laws and regulations, or with the specifications and requirements of our products.

•

The ability of our information technology systems, including artificial intelligence (“AI”) technologies, to perform adequately and accurately.

•

Our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

•

Changes in tax laws.

•

Our ability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness.

•

Our status as a public benefit corporation may not result in the benefits that we anticipate.

•

Our focus on a specific public benefit purpose and our ability to produce a positive effect for society.

•

Our duty to balance a variety of interests as a public benefit corporation, which may result in actions that do not maximize stockholder value.

•

The market price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline steeply or suddenly regardless of our operating performance.

•

An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.

•

The incurrence of increased costs as a result of operating as a public company.

•

We have reduced disclosure requirements as an “emerging growth company.”

•

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon completion of the offering (our “certificate of incorporation”) and bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering (our “bylaws”), could make a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer (this means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year), or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

•

not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

•

only being required to present two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited interim condensed financial statements for any interim period, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

•

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements, and registration statements; and

•

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding financial statements and executive compensation in this prospectus and expect to elect to take advantage of other reduced burdens in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We are electing to take advantage of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards provided for by the JOBS Act. We will therefore comply with new or revised accounting standards when they apply to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable with companies that comply with public company effective dates for accounting standards.

Public Benefit Corporation Status

As a demonstration of our long-term commitment to our mission to offer delicious and nutritious snacks and meals for children of all ages, we elected in March 2021 to be treated as a public benefit corporation under Delaware law. As provided in our certificate of incorporation, we are dedicated to the following public benefits: (i) driving improvements in childhood nutrition for a healthier and happier planet; (ii) committing to a portfolio of products and an innovation pipeline that leads in how it approaches access, nutrient excellence, and changing the fresh snacking marketplace; (iii) working across our industry on recyclability initiatives and investing in renewable energy sources while continuing to implement improved sustainability measures across our organization; and (iv) supporting and championing farmers, organic foods, sustainable agriculture, and community engagement. Being a public benefit corporation underscores our commitment to our purpose and our stakeholders, including farmers and suppliers, consumers and customers, communities and the environment, crew members, and stockholders. See “Business—Public Benefit Corporation Status” and “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Public Benefit Corporation Status” for additional information.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in February 2014. In March 2021, we became a Delaware public benefit corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 950 Gilman Street, Suite 100, Berkeley, CA 94710. The Company is a remote-first company, meaning that our team members, including our executive officers, have the option of either working from our office space in Berkeley, California or telecommuting. Our telephone number is (888) 983-1606 and our website address is www.onceuponafarmorganics.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of and is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

The Offering

Common stock offered by us

7,631,537 shares.

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

3,365,672 shares.

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock

1,649,581 shares.

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

40,231,814 shares (or 41,881,395 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock).

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $111.7 million (or approximately $139.3 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock being offered by the selling stockholders.

We intend to use net proceeds received by us from this offering as follows: (i) approximately $43.0 million to repay outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined herein), of which $29.0 million was outstanding as of September 30, 2025, (ii) approximately $25.0 million to purchase new equipment needed for operations, (iii) approximately $7.0 million of cash consideration in connection with the Spokesperson Agreement (as defined herein) that is conditioned on the consummation of this offering, (iv) approximately $1.6 million to settle vested SARs (as defined herein) issued to certain employees, and (v) the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes.

See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Dividend policy

We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering and for the foreseeable future. Any future determination relating to a dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our current and future debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits. See “Dividend Policy.”

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed symbol

We have been approved to list our common stock on NYSE under the symbol “OFRM.”

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding following this offering is based on 32,600,277 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025, after giving effect to: (i) the automatic conversion of 1,164,696 shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025 into an aggregate of 21,779,817 shares of common stock; (ii) the assumed conversion of $17.2 million of Convertible Notes outstanding as of September 30, 2025 into an aggregate of 2,819,512 shares of common stock; (iii) the automatic net exercise of 27,536 convertible preferred stock warrants issued to a customer into 438,983 shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio and exercise price; and (iv) the assumed net exercise of 7,586 convertible preferred stock warrants issued with a debt facility into 103,896 shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio and exercise price, and does not include: (i) 5,477,425 shares of our common stock issuable on the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2025 under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), (ii) 58,961 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan as of September 30, 2025, which shares cease to be available for issuance at the time the Company’s omnibus equity incentive plan becomes effective upon the pricing of this offering (the “2026 Omnibus Plan”), (iii) 4,023,181 shares of our common stock (including the IPO Grants (as defined herein) and without giving effect to the underwriters option to purchase additional shares in this offering) reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, which becomes effective on the date we price this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, and (iv) excludes any grants of stock options or restricted stock units expected to be made in connection with this offering. See “Executive Compensation—Actions Taken in Connection with this Offering—2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

In addition, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, the information in this prospectus assumes:

•

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock;

•

an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

•

the effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

Summary Financial Data

The following tables set forth our summary financial data. We have derived the following statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, except for pro forma amounts, from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. For interim periods, we have derived our statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2025 from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim condensed financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such financial statements, except for pro forma amounts, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


Statements of Operations Data:	Year Ended December 31,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
(in thousands, except share and per share data)	2023			2024			2024			2025
							(unaudited)
Net sales	$	94,286		$	156,801		$	107,589		$	176,656
Cost of goods sold		55,494			88,464			62,220			105,325

Gross profit		38,792			68,337			45,369			71,331
Selling, general and administrative expenses		54,114			74,655			53,075			81,550

Loss from operations		(15,322	)		(6,318	)		(7,706	)		(10,219	)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(1,548	)		(1,611	)		(1,220	)		(1,984	)
Interest income		1,216			892			750			253
Change in fair value of derivative liability		(1,803	)		(16,037	)		(3,214	)		(26,320	)
Other expense, net		(146	)		(712	)		(162	)		(1,447	)

Total other income (expense)		(2,281	)		(17,468	)		(3,846	)		(29,498	)

Net loss before income taxes		(17,603	)		(23,786	)		(11,552	)		(39,717	)
Income tax (provision) benefit		(34	)		(50	)		(34	)		(42	)

Net loss and comprehensive loss	$	(17,637	)	$	(23,836	)	$	(11,586	)	$	(39,759	)

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic and diluted⁽¹⁾	$	(2.79	)	$	(3.71	)	$	(1.81	)	$	(5.95	)

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic and diluted⁽¹⁾		6,325,462			6,416,727			6,387,699			6,678,886

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)⁽²⁾				$	(0.59	)				$	(0.69	)

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)⁽²⁾					31,543,421						31,821,094

⁽¹⁾

See Note 2 and Note 16 to our audited financial statements and Note 2 and Note 14 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

⁽²⁾

Basic and diluted unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2024 and nine months ended September 30, 2025 gives effect to (i) the adjustment to remove the change in fair value recognized on the embedded derivative liability and interest expense related to the Convertible Notes, as if the conversion of $17.2 million of Convertible Notes into 2,819,512 shares of common stock occured at the beginning of the applicable periods, (ii) the adjustment to remove the change in fair value recognized on the convertible preferred stock warrant liability, as a result of the assumed net exercise of 7,586 convertible preferred stock warrants issued with a debt facility into 103,896 shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio and exercise price, (iii) the adjustment to include stock-based compensation expense associated with the payment of $1.6 million of cash consideration to settle certain employee stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) for which the service-based vesting conditions were met as of September 30, 2025, and the performance-based vesting conditions are met upon consummation of this offering, (iv) the adjustment to include stock-based compensation associated with stock options that vest upon the consummation of this offering, (v) the adjustment to include expense related to cash consideration payable under the Spokesperson Agreement (as defined herein) that is conditioned upon the consummation of this offering, (vi) the automatic conversion of 1,164,696 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025 into 21,779,817 shares of common stock at the effective conversion ratio, without giving effect to any anti-dilution adjustments relating to our convertible preferred stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of our convertible preferred stock to stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and (vii) the automatic net exercise of 27,536 convertible preferred stock warrants issued to a customer into 438,983 shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio and exercise price. The pro forma EPS does not include (i) 5,477,425 shares of our common stock issuable on the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2025 under our 2021 Plan, (ii) 58,961 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan as of September 30, 2025, which shares cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2026 Omnibus Plan becomes effective upon the pricing of this offering, (iii) 4,023,181 shares of our common stock (including the IPO Grants and without giving effect to the underwriters option to purchase additional shares in this offering) reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, which becomes effective on the date we price this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan and (iv) excludes any grants of stock options or restricted stock units expected to be made in connection with this offering as their inclusion would be antidilutive. These unaudited pro forma adjustments have been reflected, as if they had occurred effective January 1, 2024 and January 1, 2025, respectively.

The following table summarizes our unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the periods indicated:


	Year Ended December 31, 2024			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to common stockholders	$	(23,836	)	$	(39,759	)
Adjustment to remove change in fair value of derivative liability		16,037			26,320
Adjustment to remove interest expense related to the Convertible Notes		853			528
Adjustment to remove change in fair value of convertible preferred stock liability		787			1,365
Adjustment to include stock-based compensation associated with SARs that vest on consummation of this offering		(1,606	)		(1,606	)
Adjustment to include stock-based compensation associated with stock options that vest upon consummation of this offering		(2,846	)		(2,846	)
Adjustment to include expense related to cash consideration under the Spokesperson Agreement (defined herein) that is conditioned on the consummation of this offering		(8,000	)		(6,054	)

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders	$	(18,611	)	$	(22,052	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted		6,416,727			6,678,886
Pro forma adjustment for automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock		21,779,817			21,779,817
Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed conversion of Convertible Notes		2,819,512			2,819,512
Pro forma adjustment to reflect the automatic net exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants issued to a customer		423,469			438,983
Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed net exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants issued with a debt facility		103,896			103,896

Weighted-average shares used to calculate pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted		31,543,421			31,821,094

Pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted	$	(0.59	)	$	(0.69	)

Balance Sheet Data:


	September 30, 2025
(in thousands)	Actual			Pro Forma⁽¹⁾			Pro Forma as Adjusted ⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾
				(unaudited)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	7,412		$	7,412		$	86,592
Working capital		40,756			42,104			117,169
Total assets		101,947			101,947			172,235
Nonconvertible Debt, net		29,000			29,000			—
Convertible Notes		17,214			—			—
Derivative liability		50,167			—			—
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability		2,761			—			—
Convertible preferred stock		101,967			—			—
Accumulated deficit		(158,247	)		(161,093	)		(168,753	)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(147,597	)	$	25,860		$	129,925

⁽¹⁾

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the automatic conversion of 1,164,696 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025 into 21,779,817 shares of common stock at the effective conversion ratio, without giving effect to any anti-dilution adjustments relating to our convertible preferred stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of our convertible preferred stock to stockholders’ (deficit) equity, (ii) the automatic net exercise of 27,536 convertible preferred stock warrants issued to a customer into 438,983 shares of common stock, (iii) the assumed conversion of approximately $17.2 million of Convertible Notes into 2,819,512 shares of common stock and reclassification of the carrying amount of the Convertible Notes and related $1.3 million of accrued interest to stockholders’ (deficit) equity, (iv) the reclassification to stockholder’s (deficit) equity of the Company’s remaining derivative liability of approximately $50.2 million as a result of the assumed conversion of the Convertible Notes, (v) the assumed net exercise of 7,586 convertible preferred stock warrants issued with a debt facility into 103,896 shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio and exercise price and the related reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability of approximately $2.8 million to stockholder’s (deficit) equity, and (vi) $2.8 million of stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options that vest on consummation of this offering, reflected as an increase to accumulated deficit and an increase in additional paid-in capital.

⁽²⁾

The pro forma as adjusted basis gives effect to all of the pro forma balance sheet adjustments listed above, in addition to the effect of (a) our issuance and sale of 7,631,537 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, recognized as an adjustment to cash of $106.7 million and additional paid-in capital of $111.7 million, as well as reclassification of deferred offering costs of $8.9 million to additional paid-in capital, and payment of offering costs in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $0.8 million and $3.1 million, and (b) the application of the net proceeds of this offering, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” as follows (i) the assumed repayment of the aggregate principal amount outstanding and accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Facility of $29.0 million, which does not include the additional draw of $7.0 million in November 2025 or the additional draw of $7.0 million in December 2025, (ii) the payment of $7.0 million of cash consideration in connection with the Spokesperson Agreement (as defined herein) that is conditioned on the consummation of this offering, with offsetting adjustments of $0.9 million to accrued expenses and other current liabilities and $6.1 million to accumulated deficit for the related expense, and (iii) the payment of $1.6 million of cash consideration to settle certain employee SARs for which the service-based vesting conditions were met as of September 30, 2025, and the performance-based vesting conditions are met upon consummation of this offering, with an offsetting adjustment to accumulated deficit for the related stock-based compensation. The pro forma balance sheet data and pro forma as adjusted basis does not include (i) 5,477,425 shares of our common stock issuable on the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2025 under our 2021 Plan, (ii) 58,961 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan as of September 30, 2025, which shares cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2026 Omnibus Plan becomes effective upon the pricing of this offering, (iii) 4,023,181 shares of our common stock (including the IPO Grants and without giving effect to the underwriters option to purchase additional shares in this offering) reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, which becomes effective on the date we price this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, and (iv) excludes any grants of stock options or restricted stock options expected to be made in connection with this offering. The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

⁽³⁾

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $6.9 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $16.7 million.

RISK FACTORS

This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Because of the following factors, as well as other factors affecting our business, financial condition, and operating results, past financial performance should not be considered a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not rely on historical trends to anticipate trends or results in the future.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

If our products are contaminated, alleged to be contaminated or are rumored to have adverse effects, or if our products are alleged to cause illness or injury, be mislabeled, or misbranded or fail to comply with governmental regulations, we may suffer adverse public relations, need to recall our products and experience product liability claims.

The sale of food products involves the risk of illness or injury to consumers. Such illness and injury may result from inadvertent mislabeling, tampering by unauthorized third parties, product contamination, food-borne illnesses, allergens, or spoilage. We believe our consumers rely on us to provide them with high-quality natural and organic food products. Concerns regarding the ingredients used in our products, the safety or quality of our products, or our supply chain may cause consumers to stop purchasing our products, even if the basis for the concern is unfounded, has been addressed, or is outside of our control. There can be no assurance that our products, many of which contain ingredients that we buy from third-party suppliers, will always comply with the standards set for our products. For example, genetically modified organisms may contaminate our products (including through cross-pollination) and not be easily detected, a potential issue that may be exacerbated if we are unable to trace the affected raw materials to their supplier lots. While we are subject to governmental inspection and regulations and believe our facilities and those of our co-manufacturers and suppliers, including co-packers, comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, if ingredients or materials used for our products are alleged or proved to include contaminants that affect the safety or quality of our products or are otherwise rumored to have adverse effects, for any reason, we may need to find alternate ingredients or materials for our products, delay production of our products, or discard or otherwise dispose of our products, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have in the past and may in the future be exposed to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or withdrawals, and adverse public relations if our products are alleged to cause illness or injury or if we are alleged to have mislabeled or misbranded our products or otherwise violated governmental regulations. We may also voluntarily recall or withdraw products that we consider below our standards, whether for taste, appearance or otherwise, in order to protect our brand’s reputation. Product recalls or withdrawals can result in substantial and unexpected expenditures, destruction of product inventory, and lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time, which could reduce profitability and cash flow. In addition, a product recall or withdrawal may require significant management attention. As an example, in June 2024 we initiated a voluntary recall of a single product due to potential Listeria contamination, which we discovered after conducting routine finished product testing. See “Business—Our Product Quality and Safety.” Although we received no reports of harm to customers as a result of this potential contamination, this recall resulted in diversion of management time to identify and remediate the issue. Product recalls, product liability claims (even if unmerited or unsuccessful), or any other events that cause consumers to no longer associate our brand with high-quality may also result in

adverse publicity or legal challenges, harm our reputation and hurt the value of our brand, lead to a decline in consumer confidence in and demand for our products, and lead to increased scrutiny, fines, or other penalties by federal and state regulatory agencies of our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, despite our rigorous testing for heavy metals (e.g., arsenic, cadmium, lead, and mercury), and our robust programs to ensure compliance with food safety laws and regulations, such as Assembly Bill 899 in California, we may fail to adequately detect such toxins before our products reach the shelf, which could subject our products to a recall, and may negatively impact consumer perception of our products and our reputation.

We also may be subject to product liability claims and adverse public relations if consumption or use of our products is alleged to cause injury or illness, and our insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities we may incur in connection with product liability claims. For example, punitive damages are generally not covered by insurance. In addition, we may not be able to continue to maintain our existing insurance, obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all, or secure additional coverage (which may result in future product liability claims being uninsured). A product liability judgment against us or an agreement to settle a product liability claim could also result in substantial and unexpected expenditures, which would reduce profitability and cash flow. In addition, even if product liability claims against us are not successful or are not fully pursued, these claims could harm our brand’s image, be costly and time-consuming and may require management to spend time defending the claims rather than operating our business. From time to time, we have and may continue to be subject to claims from competitors or consumers, including consumer class actions, alleging that our product claims are deceptive, such as products being mislabeled or misbranded. For example, we have had legal claims brought against us in California for our use of the phrases “4g Plant Protein,” “Omega-3’s,” and “Excellent Source of Choline” in describing certain of our products. These claims were ultimately resolved and settled for an immaterial amount. In addition, we have been named in a putative nationwide class action lawsuit by plaintiffs alleging that our Wild Rumpus Avocado pouch (which is a blend of organic pineapple, banana, apple, avocado and mint) should be described solely as a “Fruit Blend” rather than a “Fruit & Veggie Blend.” Regardless of their merit, these types of claims can require significant time and expense to investigate and defend. Whether or not a false marketing claim is successful, such assertions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and the negative publicity surrounding them could harm our reputation and brand.

Adverse publicity about the quality or safety of our products, whether or not ultimately based on fact, may discourage consumers from buying our products and have an adverse effect on our brand, reputation, and operating results, particularly if our products are perceived as posing illness or risk of injury to children. We have no control over our products once purchased by consumers. Accordingly, consumers may fail to refrigerate our products or store our products for long periods of time, which may adversely affect the quality of our products. If consumers do not perceive our products to be of high-quality, our reputation and the value of our brand could be diminished, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected. Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the ingredients used in our products or in the safety and quality of our products would be difficult and costly to overcome. Further, the growing use of social and digital media by us, our consumers, and third parties increases the speed and extent that information or misinformation and opinions can be shared. Negative publicity about us, our brand, or our products on social or digital media could seriously damage our brand and reputation. If we do not maintain a favorable perception of our brand, our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. Any such adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations, or financial condition could be exacerbated by our position in the market as a socially conscious, Clean Label Project-certified purveyor of high-quality natural and organic food products and may significantly reduce our brand value.

The inputs, commodities, and ingredients that we require are subject to macroeconomic factors, government regulation, and other factors outside of our and our suppliers’ control, including, but not limited to, price increases, inflationary and interest rate pressures, tariffs, trade wars, product or agricultural industry labor shortages, livestock disease or pestilence, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Prices for our inputs, commodities, and ingredients that we use may be volatile, and we may experience shortages in these items due to factors beyond our control, such as commodity market fluctuations, animal feed and plant fertilizer costs, availability of supply, increased demand (whether for the item we require or for other items, which in turn impacts the item we require), weather patterns and conditions, natural disasters, the effects of climate change, currency fluctuations, inflationary and/or interest rate pressures, governmental programs and regulations (including import restrictions), trade and tariff policies, agricultural programs or issues, energy programs, geopolitical concerns, including the ongoing conflict between Ukraine and Russia, labor strikes and shortages, the financial health of our suppliers, and pandemics or other outbreaks of contagious diseases. For instance, in recent years, we have experienced elevated commodity and supply chain costs, including the costs of raw materials, packaging, labor, energy, fuel, freight, and other inputs necessary for the production and distribution of our products, and we expect elevated levels of inflation to continue in 2026. Such elevated commodity and supply chain costs and inflation levels did not have a material impact on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. Our ability to meet our needs for these inputs while controlling for the applicable costs is subject to external factors, such as employment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage legislation, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs, and governmental labor and employment requirements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Factors Affecting our Performance—Macroeconomic Uncertainty and Supply Chain Costs.”

Uncertainty around potential tariffs, embargoes, or similar restrictions could cause disruption in our supply chain, whether or not any such tariffs, embargoes, or similar restrictions are ultimately enacted, and could have a negative material impact on our business and our profitability. For example, the U.S. presidential administration recently announced the imposition of tariffs on numerous countries that trade with the United States. As the implementation of tariffs is ongoing, more tariffs may be added in the future and countermeasures may be adopted by other countries. The imposition of certain of these tariffs remains uncertain as the situation is dynamic and rapidly evolving. If allowed to become or remain effective, these or any new or increased tariffs or resultant trade wars could have an adverse effect on us or on our suppliers, which could lead to significant increases in the costs of materials, and as a result could negatively impact our results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition. New or increased tariffs could also negatively affect U.S. national or regional economies or lead to increased inflation or a recession, which also could negatively impact our sales growth, and our business and results of operations. Any tariffs or other barriers to trade affecting Mexico and South America in particular, two regions from which we source a significant portion of our key fruit and vegetable ingredients, could lead to, among other things, shortages and higher cost of procurement, and could negatively impact our business and profitability.

Further, our freight costs have increased and may continue to increase due to factors such as inflation and increased demand, labor shortages, increased fuel costs, limited carrier availability, increased compliance costs associated with new or changing government regulations, pandemics, or other outbreaks of contagious diseases. Higher prices for natural gas, propane, electricity, and fuel may also increase our ingredient, production, and delivery costs. Historically, the prices of certain of our raw materials, energy, and other supplies used in our business have fluctuated widely. In addition, we have experienced shortages of certain of our raw materials, which result in us paying increased costs for such inputs and impact our ability to produce our products. Production delays could lead to reduced sales volumes and profitability, as well as loss of market share. The prices charged for our products may not reflect changes in our input costs at the time they occur, or at all. Accordingly, changes in input, commodity, and ingredient costs may limit our ability to maintain existing margins and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. If we are not able to implement our productivity initiatives, lock in prices on quantities required to

meet our anticipated production requirements or increase our product prices to offset price increases of our inputs, commodities, and ingredients, consumers may shift to lower priced product offerings, or may forego some purchases altogether, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Our competitors may be better able than we are to implement productivity initiatives or effect price increases or to otherwise pass along cost increases to their customers. Moreover, if we increase our prices in response to increased costs, we may need to increase marketing spending, including trade promotion spending, in order to retain our market share. Such increased marketing spending may significantly offset the benefits, if any, of any price increase and materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we do not manage our supply chain effectively, including inventory levels and transportation services, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our supply chain is complex and critical to our ability to manufacture, package, transport, and sell products. The inability of any supplier, co-packer, co-manufacturer, third-party distributor, or transportation provider to deliver or perform for us in a timely or cost-effective manner for any reason could cause our operating costs to increase and our profit margins to decrease. We must continuously monitor our inventory and product mix against forecasted demand or risk having inadequate supplies to meet consumer demand and customer expectations, as well as having too much inventory on hand that may reach its expiration date and become unsaleable. In addition, if we are unable to maintain and develop our processing, manufacturing, and production capacity as we continue to grow and scale our business, we may face higher rates of out of stock products, which may result in customer order cancellations and overall customer dissatisfaction, and may cause us to lose certain opportunities or damage our relationships with our retail customers. If we are unable to manage our inventory levels effectively and ensure that our products are available to meet consumer demand and customer expectations or requirements, our operating costs could increase and our profit margins could decrease.

Further, changes in the availability and cost of freight may affect our supply chain and ultimately the pricing and availability of our products. We use third-party transportation providers for our product shipments and rely on a limited number of primary providers for almost all of our shipments. Transportation services include scheduling and coordinating transportation of finished products to our customers, shipment tracking, and freight dispatch services. Our use of transportation services for shipments is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, which would increase our shipping costs and employee strikes and inclement weather, which may impact the ability of providers to provide delivery services that adequately meet our shipping needs, including keeping our products adequately refrigerated during shipment. Any such change could cause us to incur costs and expend resources. Our failure to successfully manage our logistics and fulfillment processes could cause a significant disruption in our supply chain. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those we receive from the third-party transportation providers that we currently use, which in turn would increase our costs and thereby adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, given our continued growth, we may be unable to locate other third-party transportation providers with favorable terms or at all, which could prevent us from meeting increased customer demand and harm our business.

Our future results of operations may be adversely affected by the availability of natural, plant-rich, and organic ingredients.

We are subject to cybersecurity risks and may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize those risks, which efforts may or may not be effective. Security incidents may result in legal and financial exposure and reputational harm.

In the course of our business, we collect and process information, including personal, proprietary, and confidential information, from our customers, employees, suppliers, and others, including personal identification information. While we take steps designed to ensure the security of such information and of our information technology systems, such measures may not be adequate to prevent disclosure or loss of such information or unauthorized access to or compromise of such systems or the data that is stored or processed by these systems. We also rely on third-party service providers to secure certain information technology systems and our data. Security incidents (including but not limited to, successful phishing attacks, ransomware attacks, denial-of-service attacks, and computer malware) are prevalent in our industry and could disrupt our business operations and expose us to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, litigation, liability, and reputational harm. We, or third-party service providers on whom we rely, may not successfully anticipate, or prevent rapidly-evolving types of cybersecurity threats, including those generated by AI, and our or their security measures may not be adequate to prevent attacks. Attacks may be targeted at us, our customers, and suppliers or others who we have entrusted with our information. Actual or suspected cyber-attacks may disrupt our business operations and cause us to experience reduced sales volume and to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, provide additional training for employees, engage third-party experts and consultants, make notifications to governmental bodies and affected individuals and provide remedial measures (such as credit monitoring) to such individuals, and may subject us to fines or litigation. In addition, data and security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including breach by us, our employees or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships that result in the unauthorized release of personal or confidential information. Furthermore, the increased use of smartphones, tablets, and other wireless devices, as well as our remote-first work-from-home arrangements for a substantial portion of our corporate employees, may heighten these and other operational risks. Any compromise or breach of our security, or those of our third-party service providers, could result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws, including federal, state, and foreign laws, which could result in significant legal and financial exposure and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have an adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations.

If our reputation or the reputation of our products, management team, or co-founders erodes significantly, it could have a material impact on our business.

Our financial success is directly dependent on the perception of us and our products, management team, and co-founders, including Jennifer Garner, among our customers, consumers, employees, and other constituents. Our results could be negatively impacted if we, our products, or any of our management members or co-founders suffer substantial reputational damage due to any number of reasons, including real or perceived issues related to the quality or safety of our products, employee relations, or our governance and sustainability practices. In particular, we believe the success of our brand depends in part on our ongoing affiliation with Jennifer Garner.

In addition, if our public partners face negative scrutiny from certain constituencies, or are subject to private investigations or public inquiries, this in turn may damage our reputation. Further, the growing use of social media by consumers has greatly increased the speed and extent that information or misinformation and opinions can be shared. Negative posts or comments about us, our management team, co-founders, public partners, or products on social media could seriously damage our brand and reputation. Additionally, negative reactions to our marketing and advertising, including our social media content, could result in damage to our products and reputation.

Adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, pestilences, global or local pandemics, climate change, and other conditions beyond our control can disrupt our operations, which can adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our ability to ensure a continuing supply of natural and organic ingredients used in certain of our products at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, such as the number and size of farms that grow natural and organic crops, climate conditions, increased demand for natural and organic ingredients by our competitors for these scarce ingredients, global unrest, changes in national and global economic conditions, and currency fluctuations. The ingredients that we use in the production of our products (including, among others, vegetables, fruits, whole grains, vitamins, and minerals) are vulnerable to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, such as floods, droughts, water scarcity, frosts, fires, hurricanes, temperature extremes, extreme storms, wildfires, earthquakes, tornadoes, infestations, and pestilences. Further, global climate change may exacerbate adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, and cause other effects that could impact our operations, such as extreme temperatures and rising sea levels. Adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, including as a result of climate change, can reduce crop size and crop quality, which in turn could reduce our supply of ingredients, lower recoveries of usable ingredients, increase the prices of our ingredients, increase our transportation costs, or increase our cost of storing ingredients if harvests are accelerated and processing capacity is unavailable. Additionally, the growth of crops, as well as the manufacturing and processing of our products, requires significant amounts of water. Drought or other causes of a reduction of water in aquifers may affect availability of water, which in turn may adversely affect our results of operations. Such potential water shortages may have a particular impact on our sourcing of certain key ingredients that we use in our products, such as apple, banana, strawberry, pineapple, mango, blueberry, and pear, given they are sourced in part from high water stress areas, including southern California and Mexico. Competing manufacturers may be affected differently by weather conditions and natural disasters depending on the location of their supplies or operations. If our supply of natural and organic ingredients is reduced, we may not be able to find enough supplemental supply sources on favorable terms, if at all, which could impact our ability to supply product to our customers and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Additionally, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, or other natural conditions, including global or local pandemics affecting our operating activities could cause an interruption or delay in our production or delivery schedules and loss of inventory and/or data or render us unable to accept and fulfill customer orders in a timely manner, or at all. Further, any related losses may not be adequately covered by insurance and the continued impacts of climate change may make it challenging to obtain insurance on acceptable terms, or at all. If our operations are damaged by a fire, flood, or other disaster, for example, we may be subject to supply or delivery interruptions, destruction of our facilities and products or other business disruptions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. During the past several years, we have seen an increase in the frequency and intensity of severe weather events, and we expect this trend to continue due to climate change. While we may take various actions to mitigate our business risks associated with climate change, this may require us to incur substantial costs and may not be successful, due to, among other things, the uncertainty associated with managing climate risks. Such climate risks may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we fail to retain and motivate members of our management team or other key team members, including our co-founders, or fail to attract, train, develop, and retain additional qualified team members to support our operations, our business and future growth prospects may be harmed.

Our success and future growth depend largely upon the continued services of our executive officers as well as our other key team members, including our co-founders. These executives and key team members are primarily responsible for determining the strategic direction of our business and for executing our growth strategy and are integral to our brand, culture, and the reputation we enjoy with farmers, suppliers (including co-packers), co-manufacturers, distributors, customers, and consumers. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team or other key team members resulting from the hiring or departure of these personnel. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, or the failure by our executive team to effectively

work with our team members and lead our Company, could harm our business. We rely heavily on key product development and brand strategy employees to fulfill our mission to create delicious and nutritious, farm-fresh products. The loss of certain key personnel may prevent us from successfully implementing our growth strategy, which could adversely affect our business. Furthermore, effective succession planning for executive management and key personnel is vital to our long-term continued success. Failure to ensure effective transfer of knowledge, maintenance of our culture, setting of strategic direction, and smooth transitions involving executive management and key personnel could hinder our long-term strategies and success. In addition, our success and ability to achieve our operating goals depends in part upon our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, develop, and retain a sufficient number of team members who understand and appreciate our culture and can represent our brand effectively and establish credibility with our business partners and consumers. We compete with other companies both within and outside of our industry for talented employees. If we are unable to hire and retain employees capable of performing at a high-level, our ability to efficiently operate our overall business could be adversely affected. Moreover, if we are unable to win in a competitive market for top talent capable of meeting our business needs and expectations, our business and brand image may be impaired. Additionally, substantially all of our team members work remotely on a permanent basis. Although we believe we manage our operations to handle remote working conditions efficiently, it is possible that such remote work arrangements could adversely impact team member cohesiveness, efficiency, professional development, operational agility, and retention. Any failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increase in turnover rates of our team members could lead to increased costs, such as increased overtime to meet demand, costs to hire and train new employees, and increased wage rates, salaries, or employee benefits to attract and retain employees. An overall labor shortage, lack of skilled labor, increased turnover, labor inflation, and changes in applicable employment laws and regulations could lead to increased labor costs and/or reduced operating efficiencies, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, we believe our brand depends, in part, on our ongoing affiliation with Jennifer Garner. The loss of the services of Ms. Garner, or the loss of our ability to use Ms. Garner’s likeness, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our brand may also depend on the positive image of Ms. Garner to maintain and increase brand recognition. If Ms. Garner’s image, reputation, or popularity is materially and adversely affected, this could negatively affect the marketability and sales of our products and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our reliance on a limited number of independent contract manufacturers and suppliers, including co-packers, for certain equipment, ingredients, and packaging materials and processes could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

For fiscal year 2023 and 2024, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, all of our sales were derived from products manufactured at independent contract manufacturers, or co-manufacturers. We believe there are a limited number of high-quality co-manufacturers in the industry, and many of our co-manufacturers produce products for other companies as well. Therefore, if we lose or need to change one or more co-manufacturers or fail to retain co-manufacturers for newly acquired or developed products, production of our products may be delayed or postponed and/or the availability of some of our products may be reduced or eliminated, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If we choose to diversify our supply chain through the addition of new co-manufacturers, there is no guarantee that any efforts to diversify our supply chain will be successful and such efforts may require a significant amount of time and resources. In addition, if we are not successful in our efforts to onboard new co-manufacturers, we may have an insufficient supply of products to meet customer demand, and our financial performance may be adversely affected.

We also rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers, including co-packers, to provide certain equipment, ingredients, and packaging materials and processes used in our business. The primary ingredients used in our business include fruits and vegetables, and 19 suppliers provide the majority of such ingredients. We may not have adequate sources for the supply of such ingredients and packaging materials and processes, and

increases in demand for such items and services (both within our industry and in general) can result in shortages and higher costs. Our suppliers may not be able to meet our delivery schedules, we may lose a significant or sole supplier, a supplier may not be able to meet performance and quality specifications, and we may not be able to purchase such items at a competitive cost. The failure for any reason of a supplier to fulfill its obligations under the applicable agreement with us or the termination or renegotiation of any such supply agreement could result in disruptions to our supply of finished goods and have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Certain of our relationships with third-party ingredient and packaging suppliers are also subject to minimum volume commitments, whereby the third-party supplier has committed to sell, and we have committed to purchase, minimum quantities and we or, in some cases the third-party supplier, may alternatively pay the other a mostly fixed amount rather than sell or purchase the minimum quantities. Despite the minimum volume commitments, we may nonetheless experience situations where such third-party suppliers are unable to fulfill their minimum volume obligations under our agreements or cannot provide sufficient amounts of ingredients or packaging to meet consumer demand for our products, which may require us to incur additional expense by providing financial accommodations to the impacted supplier or take other steps to seek to minimize or avoid supply disruption, such as establishing a new supplier arrangement with another provider. During economic downturns, our suppliers may be more susceptible to experiencing such financial difficulties, bankruptcies, or other business disruptions. A new supplier arrangement may not be available on terms as favorable to us as our existing supplier arrangement, if at all. If we need to replace an existing third-party supplier, our products may not be available when required on acceptable terms, or at all. Also, if demand for our products is significantly below our expectations, we may be obligated to pay penalties to our third-party suppliers for failing to purchase contracted minimum purchase quantities.

The loss of a significant customer, certain actions or requirements by a significant customer, or financial difficulties of a significant customer could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our growth and continued success depend upon, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase sales volumes with existing customers, our ability to attract new customers, the financial condition of our customers, and our ability to provide products that appeal to customers at the right price. A relatively limited number of customers account for a large percentage of our net sales. Three customers who purchase directly from us accounted for approximately 43% of our 2024 net sales. These three customers and a fourth customer accounted for approximately 63% of our net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. This percentage may increase if there is consolidation among retailers or if mass merchandisers grow disproportionately to their competition. With the growing trend toward retail trade consolidation, the growing presence of large-format retailers, discounters, and e-commerce retailers, and the integration of traditional and digital operations at key retailers, we are increasingly dependent on certain retailers that may have greater bargaining strength than we do. Specifically, our growing dependence on e-commerce retailers compared to large-format retailers could lead to price concessions, unfavorable terms, or reduced shelf space. Retail customers may also use their leverage to demand higher trade discounts, allowances, slotting fees, or increased investment, which could result in reduced sales or profitability in certain markets.

We expect that a significant portion of our revenues will continue to be derived from a small number of customers; however, these customers may not continue to purchase our products in the same quantities as they have in the past. Our customers are not contractually obligated to purchase from us. Changes in our customers’ strategies, including a reduction in the number of brands they carry, shipping strategies, a shift of shelf space to or increased emphasis on private label products (including “store brands”), a reduction in shelf or refrigerator space for our products or a reduction in the space allocated for our coolers may adversely affect our sales. Requirements that may be imposed on us by our customers, such as sustainability, inventory management, or product specification requirements, may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, especially during economic downturns, our customers may face financial difficulties, bankruptcy, or other business disruptions that may impact their operations and their purchases from us and may affect their ability to pay us for products purchased from us. To the extent customers seek to reduce their usual or

customary inventory levels or change their practices regarding purchases in excess of consumer consumption, our sales and results of operations could be adversely impacted in that period. The loss of any large customer, a reduction of purchasing levels, or the cancellation of any business from a large customer for an extended length of time could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We could be adversely affected by a change in consumer preferences, perception, and spending habits in the natural food industry generally and with respect to kid and baby food products, in particular. Any failure to develop or enrich our product offerings or gain market acceptance of our new products could have a negative effect on our business.

We have positioned our brand to capitalize on growing consumer interest in natural, clean-label, traceable, ethically produced, great-tasting, and nutritious foods. The market in which we operate is subject to changes in consumer preference, perception, and spending habits. Our performance depends significantly on factors that may affect the level and pattern of consumer spending in the U.S. natural and organic kid and baby food industry in which we operate. Such factors include consumer preference, consumer confidence, consumer income, consumer perception of the safety and quality of our products, and shifts in the perceived value for our products relative to alternatives. Adverse messaging in the media, including social media, or within certain influencer communities, relating to the safety or quality of, or diet or health issues relating to, our products or the raw materials, ingredients, or processes involved in their manufacturing may damage consumer confidence in our products and damage our brand and reputation. A general decline in the consumption of our products could occur at any time as a result of changes in consumer preference, perception, confidence, and spending habits, including an unwillingness to pay a premium or an inability to purchase our products due to financial hardship or increased price sensitivity, which may be exacerbated by economic uncertainty and general inflationary trends. For example, a declining birth rate may affect the number of customers that purchase our products given our current product offerings are primarily targeted towards kids and babies. If our primary customer demographics shrink, our negotiation leverage with our retail customers may become limited, and we may become a lower priority supplier in the eyes of our retail customers, which may negatively impact our results of operations. As another example, we and many of our customers face pressure from various private organizations to supply food products that conform with certain standards (for example, regarding lead and mercury content in food products) developed or approved by private organizations. If consumer preferences shift away from pouched products for kids and babies because of a decreased level of trust in our product safety practices or otherwise, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The success of our products depends on a number of factors, including our ability to accurately anticipate changes in market demand and consumer preferences. For example, consumer preferences may shift towards baby-led weaning and whole foods, reducing the appeal of our products which are offered in formats such as pouches and jars. Our business may also be negatively impacted by changes in consumer concerns or perceptions surrounding product manufacturing processes and packaging materials, including single-use and other plastic packaging, and the environmental and sustainability impact of such manufacturing processes and packaging materials. If consumers disagree with our environmental and sustainability practices, including as they relate to our manufacturing processes, this may reduce their willingness to purchase our products and any inability on our part to anticipate or adapt to such changes in consumer preference could result in reduced demand for our products and/or increase the costs of producing our products, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may underestimate the impact of shifting trends in consumer preferences or may not be successful in identifying such trends, and may fail to develop products that respond to such trends in a timely manner. We also may not be able to effectively promote our products by our marketing and advertising campaigns and gain market acceptance. If our products fail to gain market acceptance, are restricted by regulatory requirements, or have quality problems, we may not be able to fully recover costs and expenses incurred in our operations, and our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all.

Our future success depends, in large part, on our ability to implement our growth strategy by attracting new consumers to our brand and expanding distribution through various initiatives, including the continued deployment of coolers used for our products. Our ability to increase awareness and consumer trial and adoption of our products, and to implement our growth strategy, depends, among other things, on our ability to: implement our marketing strategy; expand and maintain brand loyalty; expand our in-store footprint through the execution of our national baby cooler deployment; develop new product lines and extensions of existing product lines; partner with distributors to deliver our products to customers; and continue to compete effectively in multiple classes of retail, including grocery, mass, club, natural/specialty, and e-commerce. We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy or to grow consistently from period to period.

Our business, financial condition, and results of operations will be adversely affected if we fail to implement our growth strategy or if we invest resources in a growth strategy that ultimately proves unsuccessful.

Furthermore, our growth strategy includes the expansion of our operations to international markets. Although some of our executive officers have experience in international business from prior positions, we have minimal experience with operations outside the United States and Canada. Our ability to successfully execute this strategy is affected by many of the same risks we face in expanding our operations. In addition, our international expansion may be adversely affected by: our ability to staff, develop, and manage foreign operations as a result of distance, language, and cultural differences; our ability to obtain and protect relevant trademarks, domain names, and other intellectual property; local laws, customs, and dietary preferences; legal and regulatory constraints; political and economic conditions; and currency fluctuations. Risks inherent in expanding our operations internationally also include, among others, the costs and difficulties of managing international operations, supply chain complexities, adverse tax consequences, domestic and international tariffs, and other barriers to trade. Further, the extent and impact of any sanctions imposed in connection with the escalation of hostilities between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East, or other geopolitical events, may impact our strategy of expansion into international markets.

Disruptions in the worldwide economy may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Adverse and uncertain economic conditions, including uncertainty related to inflation, tariffs, a potential recession, market volatility, outbreaks of contagious disease or pandemics, geopolitical tensions, and wars, including the Russia-Ukraine war and ongoing conflicts in the Middle East, or disruption in global financial and credit markets due to uncertainty in the banking system or bank failures may impact distributor, retailer, foodservice, and consumer demand for our products. In addition, our ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our farmers, suppliers, co-manufacturers, co-packers, distributors, retail customers, foodservice consumers, and creditors may suffer. Consumers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings, including private label products, during economic downturns, and an economic downturn may cause customers to be less receptive to price increases on our products. Adverse economic conditions may also affect farmers in our network. In addition, any tariffs imposed by the U.S. presidential administration or retaliatory tariffs announced by other countries could result in a trade war. If effected, these or any new or increased tariffs or resultant trade wars could have an adverse effect on us or on our suppliers, distributors, or customers, which could lead to significant increases in the costs of materials and services, resulting in product cost increases and reduced consumer demand.

In addition, we believe our brand depends, in part, on our ongoing affiliation with Jennifer Garner. We have an agreement with Ms. Garner, which, among other things, includes a license for her likeness and imposes various obligations on us. See “Executive Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Director Compensation Table” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with Jennifer Garner.” The agreement may be terminated by Ms. Garner upon a number of circumstances, including if John Foraker ceases

to be the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Upon termination of the agreement, we could, among other things, lose our ability to associate the brand with Ms. Garner and sustain reputational damage. The loss of the services of Ms. Garner, or the loss of our ability to use Ms. Garner’s likeness, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our brand may also depend on the positive image of Ms. Garner to maintain and increase brand recognition. If Ms. Garner’s image, reputation, or popularity is materially and adversely affected, this could negatively affect the marketability and sales of our products and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may not have the resources to compete successfully in our highly competitive markets.

We operate in a highly and increasingly competitive market. Numerous brands and products compete for limited retailer shelf space and consumers. Our ability to differentiate our products from competitors’ offerings depends on a variety of factors, including, among other things, consistent product quality and taste, brand recognition and loyalty, product variety, distinctive product names, product packaging and package design, shelf space, reputation, price, advertising, promotion, and nutritional claims. We face increased competition in our markets due to increased adoption of natural and organic food products by consumers. We also compete with companies in the procurement of natural and organic ingredients, which may be less plentiful in the open market than conventional product ingredients. This competition may increase in the future due to increased consumer demand for natural and organic products, which could cause our expenses to increase and/or could limit the amount of products that we manufacture and sell.

The packaged food industry is dominated by multinational corporations with substantially greater resources and operations than us. We cannot be certain that we will successfully compete with larger competitors that have greater financial, sales, and technical resources. Conventional food companies may be able to use their resources and scale to respond to competitive pressures and changes in consumer preferences by introducing new products (including natural and organic kid and baby food), reducing prices, or increasing promotional activities, among other things. Our competitors may be more innovative and able to bring new products to market faster and may be quicker to exploit and serve niche markets. Retailers also market competitive products under their own private labels, which are generally sold at lower prices and compete with some of our products. As a result of competition, we may need to increase our marketing, advertising, and promotional spending, refrain from increasing prices, or decrease our prices to protect our existing market share, which may adversely impact our profitability. We may not have the financial resources to increase such spending when necessary.

Failure to introduce successful new products, successfully enter into new product categories, or successfully pursue growth by other means may adversely affect our ability to continue to grow.

One element of our growth strategy involves the development and marketing of new products that meet our standards for quality and appeal to consumer preferences. The success of our innovation and product development efforts is affected by our ability to anticipate changes in consumer preferences, the technical capability of our crew members in developing and testing product prototypes, our ability to comply with applicable governmental regulations, and the success of our management, sales, and marketing teams in introducing and marketing new products, including through current and new product categories. There can be no assurance that we will successfully develop and market new products or successfully introduce products in new categories. The development and introduction of new products requires substantial marketing expenditures, which we may be unable to recoup if the new products do not gain widespread market acceptance. If we introduce new or improved products that ultimately do not meet objectives for such products, it could impact our growth, sales, and profitability. Any failure to successfully develop, market, and launch future products or successfully enter into new product categories may lead to decreased growth, sales, and profitability. Further risks are presented if we elect to pursue continued growth or enter new product categories by means other than new product introductions, including by acquisitions or investments in business or technologies that we believe could offer growth opportunities.

Our finished goods inventory is located in a limited number of warehouse facilities. Any damage or disruption at any one facility would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The majority of our finished goods inventory is located in a limited number of warehouse facilities owned and operated by third parties with whom we have entered into agreements in the ordinary course for the provision of these logistics and warehousing services. A natural disaster or other natural conditions (including global or local pandemics affecting our operating activities), fire, power interruption, work stoppage, or other unanticipated catastrophic event at even a single facility we rely on for our operations would significantly disrupt our ability to deliver our products and operate our business, particularly given the complexity of organic food logistics and the risk that such logistics may not scale effectively with the growth of our business. The impact of natural disasters within the areas in which our warehouse facilities are located is difficult to predict, given weather conditions and the potential of climate change to increase the frequency and intensity of such natural disasters. However, if any material amount of our inventory were damaged, we would be unable to fulfill orders for our products and, as a result, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would suffer.

Many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us, and larger customers that have multiyear contracts with us may terminate these contracts early in certain situations or choose not to renew or extend these contracts at expiration.

Many of our customers buy from us under short-term, binding purchase orders. We cannot assure you that these customers will maintain or increase their orders for the products supplied by us, nor can we assure you that we will be able to maintain or add to our existing customer base. Decreases in our customers’ sales volumes or orders for products supplied by us may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, we may have contracts with certain of our customers that obligate the customer to buy products from us for a particular period of time. Even in this case, the contracts may not require the customer to purchase a minimum number of products from us or the contracts may afford the customer better pricing in the event that the volume of the customer’s purchases exceeds certain levels. If these customers were to terminate or fail to perform under these contracts prior to their scheduled termination, or if we or the customer elected not to renew or extend the term of the contract at its expiration or not to renew or extend at historical purchase levels, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations, including additional operational expenses to transition out of the business or to adjust our facilities and staffing costs to cover the reduction in net sales.

If our growth strategy related to the deployment of coolers proves to be unsuccessful, or the operating capacity or reputation of such coolers is harmed, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may suffer.

Our network of coolers is an integral component of our business operations and growth strategy as we intend to amplify our in-store presence and expand our in-store footprint by continuing the execution of our national baby cooler deployment. If the execution of our national baby cooler deployment proves to be unsuccessful or our estimates related to the opportunity to expand our cooler footprint prove to be inaccurate, our business, financial condition, and results of operations will be adversely affected. In addition, if the operating capacity of our coolers is harmed by external factors, such as adverse weather or energy supply, or internal factors, such as faulty manufacturing or insufficient maintenance, our products contained in those fridges may be damaged and need to be discarded. In addition, if our coolers fail to operate as intended, for any reason, the reputation of our coolers with customers and the reputation of our brand with consumers may decline. In such event, customers may choose to discontinue, or not to expand, their use of coolers and our products and consumers may choose to forgo purchasing certain of our products. Any such harm to the operating capacity or reputation of our coolers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our net sales and earnings may fluctuate as a result of price actions, promotional activities, and chargebacks.

Our retail customers may require price concessions that would negatively impact our margins and our profitability. Alternatively, we may increase our prices to offset commodity inflation which may potentially impact our margins and volume. In addition, we periodically offer sales incentives through various programs to customers and consumers, including rebates, temporary price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons, and other trade activities. Additionally, while we continue to work to optimize supply chain logistics, we are occasionally charged fees and/or fines by our retail customers for various delivery and order discrepancies. While we challenge and vet these charges, we may be subject to such charges that could be detrimental to our performance, particularly when combined with the effects of increased freight costs or the other risks outlined in this section. The cost associated with promotions and chargebacks is estimated and recorded as a reduction in net sales. These price concessions, promotional activities, and chargebacks could adversely impact our net sales and changes in such activities could adversely impact period-over-period results. If we are not correct in predicting the performance of promotions, or if we are not correct in estimating chargebacks, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our sales and profits are dependent upon our ability to expand existing customer relationships and acquire new customers.

Our business depends on our ability to increase our household penetration, to expand the number of products sold through existing retail customers, including both e-commerce retailers and large-format retailers, and DTC sales, to grow within the foodservice channel and to strengthen our product offerings through innovation in both new and existing categories. Any strategies we employ to pursue this growth are subject to numerous factors outside of our control. For example, retailers (which may include certain of our largest customers) continue to aggressively market their private label products, which could reduce demand for our products. The expansion of our business also depends on our ability over the long term to obtain customers in additional distribution channels and on our ability to successfully expand our consumer demographics from babies and young kids to older kids and families in general. Any growth in distribution channels may also affect our existing customer relationships and present additional challenges, including related to pricing strategies. Additionally, we may need to increase or reallocate spending on marketing and promotional activities, such as rebates, temporary price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons, and other trade activities, and these expenditures are subject to risks, including related to consumer acceptance of our efforts. Our failure to obtain new customers, or expand our business with existing customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

We estimate market opportunity and forecast market growth that may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Our estimates of market opportunity and growth forecasts included in this registration statement and elsewhere are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, particularly in light of economic uncertainties. We estimate our market size based, in part, upon forecasts and information obtained from independent trade associations, industry publications, surveys and other independent sources, proprietary research studies, and management’s knowledge of the industry. While these estimates are made in good faith and are based on assumptions and estimates we believe to be reasonable, they may not be accurate. The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of customers covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our products at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. Any expansion in our market depends on a number of factors, including the cost and perceived value associated with our products and those of our competitors. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecast, our business could fail to grow at the rate we anticipate, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, our forecasts of market growth should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We expect to need capital in the future for business development, and we may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow or raise capital on acceptable terms to meet our needs.

Developing our business has in the past required and will continue in the future to require significant capital, including but not limited to securing and maintaining refrigerated shelf space and installing coolers in the various retail locations in which our products are sold. To meet our capital needs, we expect to continue to rely on our cash flow from operations and other third-party financing. Third-party financing in the future may not, however, be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. Our ability to obtain additional funding will be subject to various factors, including general economic and market conditions, our operating performance, the market’s perception of our growth potential, lender sentiment, and our ability to incur additional debt in compliance with our contractual restrictions. Additionally, our ability to make payments on and to refinance any indebtedness and to fund planned expenditures for our growth and operational efficiency plans will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. If our business does not achieve the levels of profitability or generate the amount of cash that we anticipate or if we expand faster than anticipated, we may need to seek additional debt or equity financing to operate and expand our business. From time to time, we may seek to raise additional capital by accessing the debt and/or equity markets to fund capital expenditures or otherwise. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations in an amount sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs. Further, our capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned if, for example, our revenues do not reach expected levels, or we have to incur unforeseen capital expenditures and make investments, including with respect to refrigerator shelf space and costs associated with obtaining and installing coolers, to maintain our competitive position. If this is the case, we may seek alternative financing, such as selling additional debt or equity securities, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so on favorable terms, if at all.

Our manufacturing capacity and expansion plans could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Due to our reliance on the limited manufacturing capacity of our co-manufacturers and our continued growth, we may in the future continue expanding our manufacturing capacity via organic growth, partnerships with new co-manufacturers, operational efficiency increases, or other means. If our growth exceeds our expectations, we may not be able to increase our own manufacturing capacity via our existing co-manufacturing arrangements or obtain additional contract manufacturing capacity at a level that meets demand for our products, which could prevent us from meeting increased customer demand and harm our business. If we overestimate our demand and overbuild our capacity, we may have significantly underutilized assets, and we may experience reduced margins. If we do not accurately align our manufacturing capabilities with demand, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

A failure of our enterprise resource planning system or deficient information sharing capabilities could impact our ability to operate our business, and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business utilizes an enterprise resource planning system to provide for greater depth and breadth of functionality and effectively manage our data, communications, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment, inventory and warehouse management, and other business processes. A failure of the system to perform as we anticipate may result in transaction errors, processing and operational inefficiencies and the loss of sales, or may otherwise disrupt our operations and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and may harm our ability to accurately forecast demand, manage our complex supply chain, fulfill customer orders, and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis. In addition, deficient information sharing capabilities may affect our ability to communicate with and transmit accurate information to our customers, employees, suppliers, and others, which could materially harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations, particularly as our business continues to grow in size and complexity.

Our operating results depend, in part, on the sufficiency and effectiveness of our marketing and trade spending programs.

In general, due to the highly competitive nature of the kid and baby food business in which we compete, we must execute effective and efficient marketing investments and trade spending programs with respect to our business overall to sustain our competitive position in our markets. Marketing investments may be costly. Additionally, we may, from time to time, change our marketing and trade spending strategies, including the timing, amount, or nature of television advertising and related promotional programs. The sufficiency and effectiveness of our marketing and trade spending practices is important to our ability to retain or improve our market share or margins. However, although we may incur significant expenses in connection with our marketing strategy, we may not generate our anticipated return on investment. If our marketing and trade spending programs are not successful or if we fail to implement sufficient and effective marketing and trade spending programs, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected.

If we fail to develop and maintain our brand, or the quality of our products that customers have come to expect, our business could suffer.

We believe that developing and maintaining our brand and the quality of our products is critical to our success. The importance of our brand recognition and the quality of our products may become even greater as competitors offer more products similar to ours. Our financial success is directly dependent on consumer perception of our brand and our products. Our brand-building activities involve providing high-quality products, increasing awareness of our brand, creating and maintaining brand loyalty, and increasing the availability of our products. The success of our brand may suffer if our marketing plans or product initiatives do not have the desired impact on our brand’s image or its ability to attract customers. Further, our brand value could diminish significantly due to a number of factors, including consumer perception that we or our management team have acted in an irresponsible manner, adverse publicity about our products or management team (whether or not valid), our actual or perceived failure to maintain the quality of our products, product contamination (whether alleged or proved), the failure of our products to deliver consistently positive consumer experiences, or the products becoming unavailable to consumers. The growing use of social and digital media by consumers increases the speed and extent that information and opinions can be shared. Negative posts or comments about us or our brand or products on social or digital media could damage our brand and reputation. If we fail to maintain the favorable perception of our brand, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

If we cannot maintain our Company culture or focus on our purpose as we grow, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

We believe our culture and our purpose have been key contributors to our success to date. Any failure to preserve our culture or focus on our purpose to drive systemic improvement in childhood nutrition could negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, which is critical to our growth, and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives. As we continue to grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain these important values. We may also have difficulty maintaining our Company culture as substantially all of our employees are working remotely on a permanent basis. If we fail to maintain our Company culture or focus on our purpose, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

Fluctuations in our business due to changes in our promotional activities and seasonality may have an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We offer a variety of sales and promotion incentives to our customers and to consumers, such as price discounts, consumer coupons, volume rebates, cooperative marketing programs, slotting fees, and in-store displays. Our net sales are periodically influenced by the efficiency of our trade programs, as well as the introduction and discontinuance of sales and promotion incentives. Reductions in overall sales and promotion

incentives could impact our net sales and affect our results of operations in any particular fiscal quarter. In addition, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations due to the seasonal nature of our business. Historically, we have experienced greater net sales growth in the first and third fiscal quarters compared to the second and fourth fiscal quarters, driven by dairy category resets in the first fiscal quarter and promotional activities around the back-to-school period in the third fiscal quarter. As a result, inventory levels and working capital requirements typically increase in the second and fourth fiscal quarters to support the anticipated increased sales volume in the other two fiscal quarters.

Seasonality could cause our results of operations for an interim financial period to fluctuate and not be indicative of our full year results. Seasonality also impacts relative revenue and profitability of each quarter of the year, both on a quarter-to-quarter and year-over-year basis. If we fail to effectively manage our inventories, fluctuations in business as a result of promotional activities and seasonality may have an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Historical quarter-to-quarter and period-over-period comparisons of our sales and operating results are not necessarily indicative of future quarter-to-quarter and period-over-period results. Investors should not rely on the results of a single fiscal quarter or period as an indication of our annual results or our future performance.

We may not be able to successfully implement initiatives to improve productivity and streamline operations to control or reduce costs. Failure to implement such initiatives could adversely affect our results of operations.

Because our ability to effectively implement price increases for our products can be affected by factors outside of our control, our profitability and growth depend significantly on our efforts to control our operating costs. Because many of our costs, such as energy, transportation and other logistics costs, packaging costs, and ingredient, commodity, and raw product costs, are affected by factors outside or substantially outside our control, we generally must seek to control or reduce costs through operating efficiency or other initiatives. If we are not able to identify and complete initiatives designed to control or reduce costs and increase operating efficiency on time or within budget, our results of operations could be adversely impacted. In addition, if the cost savings initiatives we have implemented to date, or any future cost-savings initiatives, do not generate expected cost savings, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may be subject to significant liability that is not covered by insurance.

Any claim under our insurance policies may be subject to certain exceptions, may not be honored fully, in a timely manner, or at all, and we may not have purchased sufficient insurance to cover all losses incurred. If we were to incur substantial liabilities or if our business operations were interrupted for a substantial period of time, we could incur costs and suffer losses. Such inventory and business interruption losses may not be covered by our insurance policies. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations. Additionally, in the future, insurance coverage may not be available to us at commercially acceptable premiums, or at all.

Mergers or other strategic transactions by competitors or retailers could weaken our competitive position and adversely affect our business.

If one or more competitors or retailers were to merge, acquire or partner with another competitor or retailer, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. For example, Nature’s Path Organic Foods acquired Love Child Organics in 2023, both of which are competitors. Consolidation amongst major retail customers could impact contractual negotiations with such retail customers, result in lower prioritization of our products, or ultimately lead to termination or nonrenewal of existing retailer contracts. In addition, our competitors may establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with current or future retailers and other parties with whom we have relationships, which could limit our ability to promote our products to those retailers and reduce our number of customers. As a result of these and future potential acquisitions, current and future retailers may begin working more closely, or on an exclusive basis, with other

competitors with whom they have combined or otherwise established new relationships. Disruptions in our business caused by these events could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Future offerings of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our bankruptcy or liquidation, and future offerings of equity securities, which may be senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividend and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by making offerings of debt securities or additional offerings of equity securities. Upon bankruptcy or liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both, and may result in future Section 382 limitations that could reduce the rate at which we utilize our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards. Preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend payments or both that could limit our ability to make a dividend distribution to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control. As a result, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of our future offerings, and purchasers of our common stock in this offering bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their ownership interest in our Company.

Impairment charges for long-lived assets could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We monitor the recoverability of our long-lived assets, such as buildings, equipment, and leased assets, and evaluate their carrying value for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. If the review performed indicates that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a non-cash impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the long-lived assets, in the period the determination is made. The testing of long-lived assets and goodwill for impairment requires us to make estimates that are subject to significant assumptions about our future revenue, profitability, cash flows, fair value of assets, liabilities, and weighted average cost of capital, as well as other assumptions. Changes in these estimates, or changes in actual performance compared with these estimates, may affect the fair value of long-lived assets, which may result in an impairment charge. We cannot accurately predict the amount or timing of any impairment. Should the value of long-lived assets become impaired, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We have a history of losses, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

We have a history of losses. We experienced net losses of $17.6 million and $23.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2024, respectively, and net losses of $11.6 million and $39.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2025, respectively. It is possible that we may continue to incur operating losses in the future as a result of expenses associated with the continued development and expansion of our business, including additional expenses incurred as a result of becoming a public company. Any failure to increase net sales or manage our cost structure as we implement initiatives to grow our business could prevent us from sustaining profitability. In addition, our ability to achieve sustained profitability is subject to a number of the risks and uncertainties discussed herein, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot be certain that we will be able to sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

If we expand our growth strategy and pursue acquisitions or other strategic transactions, we may not be able to successfully consummate favorable transactions or successfully integrate acquired businesses.

As our growth strategy evolves, we may choose to evaluate potential acquisitions or other strategic transactions. Evaluating potential transactions, including acquisitions and joint ventures, requires additional

expenditures (including legal, accounting, and due diligence expenses, higher administrative costs to support the acquired entities and information technology, personnel, and other integration expenses) and may divert the attention of our management from day-to-day operating matters. Companies or operations we acquire or joint ventures we enter into may not be profitable or may not achieve the anticipated profitability that justify our investments. With respect to acquisitions, we may not be able to identify suitable candidates, consummate a transaction on terms that are favorable to us, or achieve expected returns and other benefits as a result of integration challenges. The successful integration of acquisitions is complex and potential difficulties we may encounter as part of any integration process include, but are not limited to, the following: employees may voluntarily or involuntarily separate from employment with us or the acquired businesses because of the acquisitions; our management may have its attention diverted while trying to integrate the acquired businesses; we may encounter obstacles when incorporating the acquired businesses into our operations and management; we may be required to recognize impairment charges; and integration may be more costly or more time consuming and complex or less effective than anticipated. Our corporate development activities may present financial and operational risks and may have adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers. Future acquisitions also could result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, and depreciation and amortization expenses related to certain tangible and intangible assets and increased operating expenses, all of which could, individually or collectively, adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Risks Relating to Litigation and Regulation

We are subject to significant governmental regulation and failure to comply with such regulations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business is highly regulated at the federal, state, and local levels, and our products and distribution operations require various licenses, permits, and approvals. Given the nature of our business, the laws and regulations that we are required to comply with are constantly evolving and placing additional restrictions on the way we operate our business and produce our products. The products that we distribute in the United States are subject to inspection by the USDA. Our warehouse and distribution centers are subject to inspection by the USDA, the United States Department of Labor Occupational and Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, and various state health and workplace safety authorities. Our United States transportation operations are subject to regulation by the United States Department of Transportation and the United States Federal Highway Administration. In addition, the various federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and administrative practices to which we are subject require us to comply with numerous provisions regulating areas such as environmental, health and sanitation standards, food safety, marketing of natural or organically produced food, facilities, pharmacies, equal employment opportunity, public accessibility, employee benefits, wages and hours worked, and licensing for the sale of food, among others. For example:

Environmental, Health and Safety: Our operations are subject to extensive and increasingly stringent laws and regulations pertaining to the protection of the environment, including those relating to the discharge of materials into the environment, the disposal of food by-products, the handling, treatment, and disposal of wastes, maintenance of refrigeration systems, and remediation of soil and groundwater contamination. Compliance with existing or changing environmental and safety requirements, including more stringent limitations imposed or expected to be imposed in any recently renewed or soon-to-be renewed environmental permits, may require capital expenditures. Additionally, concern over climate change, including the impact of global warming, has led to significant United States and international legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. Increased regulation regarding greenhouse gas emissions, particularly with respect to diesel engine emissions, could result in substantial additional operating expenses. These expenses may include an increase in the cost of the fuel and other energy we purchase, and capital costs associated with updating or replacing our vehicles sooner than planned. Until the timing, scope and extent of such regulation becomes known, we cannot predict its effect on our results of operations. It is reasonably possible, however, that it could result in material costs, which we may be unable to pass on to our customers. Further, our business may be subject to climate-related transition

risks, which arise from society’s transition toward a low-carbon economy due to changes in laws or regulations, technological advancements, and investor and consumer sentiment. While many of our initiatives will create efficiencies and return on investment, the transition to a low-carbon economy generally and our own efforts to reduce emissions could lead to increased costs to transition to or invest in renewable energy sources, including electric vehicles, increased compliance costs, including tracking and reporting systems, and increased costs of products, commodities, and energy. Further, if our tracking and reporting systems are incomplete or inaccurate, or if we fail to achieve progress with respect to our goals on a timely basis, or at all, our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

Food Safety and Marketing: There is significant governmental scrutiny, regulations, and public awareness regarding food quality and food and drug safety. We may be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of the food we manufacture or the food and drug products we distribute. In addition, we are subject to governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety and the sale, packaging, and marketing of natural and organic products. Compliance with these laws may impose a significant burden on our operations. As a baby food company, we are also subject to Assembly Bill 899 in California, which requires manufacturers of baby food to (i) test and disclose the levels of four toxic elements (arsenic, cadmium, lead, and mercury) that may be present in baby food and (ii) meet particular labeling requirements. In addition, “Proposition 65, the Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986,” in California exposes all food companies to the possibility of having to provide warnings on their products in that state. If we were required to add warning labels to any of our products or place warnings in locations where our products are sold in order to comply with Proposition 65, the sales of those products and other products of our Company could suffer, not only in those locations but elsewhere. Additionally, in 2022, California enacted the Plastic Pollution Prevention and Packaging Producer Responsibility Act, which, among other things, requires a 25% reduction of plastics in single-use products in the state by 2032 and escalates recycling, reuse, and composting rates for single-use packaging, regardless of material, used in the state over time. Numerous other U.S. municipalities and states and certain other countries, including Canada, have also proposed or enacted legislation prohibiting or restricting the sale and use of certain foodservice products and requiring them to be replaced with recyclable or compostable alternatives. Several provinces in Canada, as well as states in the United States, have enacted legislation imposing fees or other costs on manufacturers and other suppliers of single-use packaging and foodservice products to encourage and fund recycling of those products. Any such legislation, as well as voluntary initiatives similarly aimed at reducing the level of single-use packaging waste, could reduce demand for our products and/or increase the costs of producing our products.

Wage Rates and Paid Leave: Changes in federal, state, or local minimum wage and overtime laws or employee paid leave laws could cause us to incur additional wage costs, which could adversely affect our operating margins. Failure to comply with existing or new laws or regulations could result in significant damages, penalties and/or litigation costs.

Payment Card Transactions: As a merchant that accepts debit and credit cards for payment, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI DSS”), issued by the PCI Council. Additionally, we are subject to PCI DSS as a service provider, which is a business entity that is not a payment brand directly involved in the processing, storage, or transmission of cardholder data. PCI DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, processing, and transmission of individual cardholder data. By accepting debit cards for payment, we are also subject to compliance with American National Standards Institute data encryption standards and payment network security operating guidelines. The cost of complying with stricter privacy and information security laws, standards, and guidelines, including evolving PCI DSS standards, and developing, maintaining, and upgrading technology systems to address future advances in technology, could be significant and we could experience problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems. Failure to comply with such laws, standards, and guidelines or payment card industry standards such as those involving MasterCard, Visa and Europay (EMV) transactions, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Foreign Operations: Our supplier base includes both domestic and foreign suppliers. In particular, we source many of the key ingredients that we use in our products from South and Central America and Mexico. In addition, we have customers located outside the United States. Accordingly, laws and regulations affecting the importation and taxation of goods, including duties, tariffs, and quotas or changes in the enforcement of those laws and regulations could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we are required to comply with laws and regulations governing export controls, and ethical, anti-bribery, and similar business practices such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

Privacy and Related Laws: We are subject to a variety of federal, state, and foreign laws and industry standards that relate to data privacy, data security, and consumer marketing. The legal and regulatory framework for these topics is rapidly evolving and may require increased monitoring and compliance costs and result in increased legal and financial exposure if we fail to remain compliant, or are alleged to be noncompliant, with such laws.

AI Technologies: There are many evolving laws, regulations, and standards regarding the development and use of AI technologies. New laws, regulations, or industry standards governing AI use could require us to modify our practices regarding AI use, increase our operating costs, or restrict our ability to use certain AI technologies in our operations in order to remain compliant with such regulations or standards.

Climate Change: Changing rules, public disclosure regulations, and stakeholder expectations related to climate change have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased management time and attention spent complying with or meeting such regulations and expectations.

The failure to comply or maintain compliance with applicable governmental laws and regulations, including those referred to above and in “Business,” could result in, among other things, administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines (including in connection with class action lawsuits); mandatory or voluntary product recalls; warning or other letters; cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance; closure of facilities or operations; the loss, revocation or modification of any existing licenses, permits, registrations or approvals; the failure to obtain additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business; or the loss of our ability to participate in federal and state healthcare programs, any of which could make it more costly or challenging to manufacture and sell our products or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future. We cannot predict the nature of future laws, regulations, interpretations, or applications, nor can we determine the effect that additional governmental regulations or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state, and local regulatory schemes would have on our future business. We may incur material costs in our efforts to comply with current or future laws and regulations. In addition, if we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations or encounter disagreements with respect to our contracts subject to governmental regulations, including those referred to above, we may be subject to investigations, criminal sanctions, or civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, prohibitions on exporting, seizures, or debarments from contracting with local and foreign governments. The cost of compliance or the consequences of non-compliance, including debarments, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, governmental units may make changes in the regulatory frameworks within which we operate that may require us to incur substantial increases in costs in order to comply with such laws and regulations.

If any partners in our network of farms, suppliers (including co-packers), or co-manufacturers fail to comply with food safety, environmental, health and safety, or other laws and regulations, or face allegations of non-compliance, their operations may be disrupted, and our reputation could be harmed. The farms, co-packers, and co-manufacturers are required to maintain the quality of our products and to comply with our own standards

and specifications. In the event of actual or alleged non-compliance, we might be forced to find alternative farms, suppliers, or co-manufacturers and we may be subject to lawsuits and/or regulatory enforcement actions related to such non-compliance by the farms, suppliers, and co-manufacturers. As a result, our supply of raw materials or finished inventory could be disrupted or our costs could increase, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The failure of any partner farmer, co-packer, or co-manufacturer to produce products that conform to our standards could adversely affect our reputation in the marketplace and result in product recalls, product liability claims, government, or third-party actions and economic loss. Additionally, actions we may take to mitigate the impact of any disruption or potential disruption in our supply of raw materials or finished inventory, including increasing inventory in anticipation of a potential supply or production interruption, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in existing laws or regulations, or the adoption of new laws or regulations, may increase our costs and otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The manufacture and marketing of food products is highly regulated. We, our farmer partners, our suppliers (including co-packers), and our co-manufacturers are subject to a variety of laws and regulations. These laws and regulations apply to many aspects of our business, including the manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, advertising, sale, quality, and safety of our products, as well as the health and safety of our crew members and the protection of the environment. In the United States, we are subject to regulation by various government agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the USDA, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the Environmental Protection Agency, as well as various state and local agencies. We are also regulated outside the United States by various international regulatory bodies, including Health Canada. These regulatory agencies and bodies regularly propose rules and issue guidance, some of which are or may be relevant to our business. For example, on January 16, 2025, the FDA proposed a rule (90 Fed. Reg. 5426), which, if finalized, would require a front-of-package nutrition information box on most packaged foods to assist consumers in more easily identifying healthy foods. In addition to compliance costs associated with understanding the requirements and updating product labeling or reformulating our products, implementing this rule may negatively impact consumer perception of our products and our reputation, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we are subject to certain standards, such as GFSI standards and review by voluntary organizations, such as the Council of Better Business Bureaus’ National Advertising Division. We could incur costs, including fines, penalties, and third-party claims, because of any violations of, or liabilities under, such requirements, including any competitor or consumer challenges relating to compliance with such requirements. For example, in connection with the marketing and advertisement of our products, we could be the target of claims relating to false or deceptive advertising, including under the auspices of the FTC and the consumer protection statutes of some states.

The regulatory environment in which we operate could change significantly and adversely in the future, particularly in light of the rapidly evolving focus on public health and food regulation by the U.S. presidential administration. For example, the U.S. presidential administration’s “Make America Healthy Again” movement may have a significant impact on the food regulatory landscape and may result in the implementation of certain food regulation changes that could be adverse to our business. If we fail to anticipate or adapt to new rules governing food manufacturing, labeling, or packaging, it may lead to an increase in costs or interruptions in production, either of which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition. Changes in marketing or labeling requirements or standards related to our products could require us to revise or discontinue making certain claims or utilizing certain branding elements, which may make our products less appealing to consumers. New or revised government laws and regulations could result in additional compliance costs and, in the event of non-compliance, civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, withdrawals, recalls or seizures, and confiscations, as well as potential criminal sanctions, any of which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

From time to time, we may be subject to litigation, government investigations, or governmental proceedings, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

From time to time, we have been and may continue to be involved in various legal, regulatory, or administrative investigations, negotiations, or proceedings arising in the normal course of business, including class action lawsuits. For instance, we have been named in a putative nationwide class action lawsuit by plaintiffs alleging that our Wild Rumpus Avocado pouch (which is a blend of organic pineapple, banana, apple, avocado and mint) should be described solely as a “Fruit Blend” rather than a “Fruit & Veggie Blend.” In the event of litigation, government investigations, or governmental proceedings, we are subject to the inherent risks and uncertainties that may result if outcomes differ from our expectations. In the event of adverse outcomes in any litigation, investigation, or governmental proceeding, we could be required to pay substantial damages, fines, or penalties and cease certain practices or activities, which could materially harm our business. For example, as an employer, we have been and may continue to be subject to various employment-related claims, such as individual or class actions or government enforcement actions relating to alleged employment discrimination, employee classification and related withholding, wage-hour, labor standards, or healthcare and benefit issues. Such actions, if successful in whole or in part, may affect our ability to compete and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property and Information Technology

We may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely on a combination of trademark, service mark, trade secret, copyright and domain name rights, and related laws and internal procedures and nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property. We believe our trademarks, trade secrets (including certain food product recipes and formulas), and domain names are valuable assets. However, our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to distinguish our products from those of our competitors or to provide us with a competitive advantage, and may not allow us to prevent others from operating under similar names or offering similar food products in the same field or in similar fields. From time to time, third parties may use names, logos, and slogans similar to ours, may apply to register trademarks or domain names similar to ours, and may infringe or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted against such third parties or may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. Asserting or defending our intellectual property rights could be time consuming and costly and could distract management’s attention and resources, and such efforts may be unsuccessful. If we are unable to prevent our competitors from using names, logos, slogans, and domain names similar to ours, consumer confusion could result, the perception of our brand and products could be negatively affected, and our sales and profitability could suffer as a result. In addition, if our wholesale customers receive negative publicity or fail to maintain the quality of the goods and services used in connection with our trademarks, our rights to and the value of, our trademarks could be harmed. Failure to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information could also have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We may also be subject to claims that our activities or the products we sell infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others. Any such claims are typically time consuming and costly to defend and may distract management’s attention and resources, even if the claims are without merit, and may prevent us from using our trademarks or selling our products in certain geographies, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business operations could be disrupted, and our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed, if our information technology systems (or those of our third-party service providers), including artificial intelligence technologies, fail to perform adequately and accurately, or if we are unable to integrate new information technology systems to maintain and grow our competitive position.

The efficient operation of our business including management of our business data, communications, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment, and other business processes, depends on the availability and adequate

performance of our information technology systems, some of which are managed by third-party service providers. The failure of our information technology systems or third-party service providers to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and could result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, and the loss of sales and customers, impacts to working capital, causing our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations to suffer. For example, we depend on certain third-party service providers to process and manage online orders through our website. Third-party service providers may fail to deliver a rewarding customer experience on our website or implement features that incidentally affect the functionality of our website. For instance, third-party service providers may incorrectly process customer orders, cause error messages to appear at checkout, or cancel customer orders in error. Any such incident may harm our reputation and results of operations. In addition, our information technology systems and third-party service providers may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures, security breaches, physical theft or vandalism, cyber attacks, and viruses, which could cause website slowdown or unavailability, delays, or errors in processing customer orders or loss of data. Any such damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations.

Furthermore, to maintain and grow our competitive position, we use and integrate AI technologies in connection with our business processes and operations, and intend to increase this use over time. Rapid changes in AI technology may require us to make significant ongoing investments to maintain and upgrade our technological capabilities. We may be unsuccessful in implementing these developments in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all, and the AI technologies in which we invest may be less effective than expected, or become unavailable to us on favorable terms, or at all.

Our use of AI technologies, particularly generative AI technologies, carries certain risks, including, regarding the accuracy and quality of AI outputs, which may be inaccurate, biased, or otherwise inappropriate for our business’ or our customers’ needs, and, in turn, could adversely impact our business and reputation. Our use of AI, particularly generative AI, may create legal and financial exposure, including for claims and liabilities associated with AI outputs that may be alleged to infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties. Furthermore, where our confidential or other sensitive information is processed by a third-party AI provider, this could put the confidentiality of such information at risk, including if such third-party AI provider breaches its contractual obligations to us, suffers cyber-attacks, or intentionally or inadvertently misuses our confidential information. In such an instance, it is possible that our confidential or other sensitive information could become available to third parties, including our competitors. We or our employees may use AI technologies, inadvertently or otherwise, in a manner that puts our confidential information or intellectual property rights at risk. Any of the foregoing risks may result in customer dissatisfaction, diversion of management’s attention and resources, and may harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Tax

Changes in tax laws may impact our future financial position and results of operation.

The United States has recently enacted significant changes to U.S. tax law. We are continuing to review the impact of this legislation. Additionally, new income, sales, use, or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be enacted at any time, or interpreted, changed, modified, or applied adversely to us, any of which could adversely affect our business operations and financial performance. In particular, presidential and congressional elections in the United States could result in significant changes in, and uncertainty with respect to, tax legislation, regulation, and government policy directly affecting our business or indirectly affecting us because of impacts on our customers, suppliers, and manufacturers. For example, the U.S. government may enact significant changes to the taxation of business entities including, among others, a permanent increase in the corporate income tax rate and the imposition of minimum taxes or surtaxes on certain types of income. The likelihood of these changes being enacted or implemented is unclear. We are currently unable to predict whether such changes will occur and, if so, the ultimate impact on our business. To the extent that such changes have a

negative impact on us, our suppliers, manufacturers, or our customers, including as a result of related uncertainty, these changes may adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our ability to use net operating losses and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

Our U.S. federal and state net operating loss (“NOLs”) carryforwards and certain other tax credits may be subject to limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), respectively, and similar provisions of state law. Under those sections of the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period, is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset future taxable income or taxes. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs and other tax attributes could be further limited by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, many of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. “Ownership changes” that have occurred in the past or that may occur in the future, including in connection with this offering, could result in the imposition of an annual limit on the amount of pre-ownership change NOLs and other tax attributes we can use to reduce taxable income, potentially increasing and accelerating our liability for income taxes, and also potentially causing those tax attributes to expire unused.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Our indebtedness could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

We have, and after this offering may continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2025, our total indebtedness was $46.2 million, including $17.2 million under our Convertible Notes and $29.0 million under our Revolving Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2025, there were no amounts outstanding under our Term Loan Facility (as defined herein). In November 2025 and December 2025, we drew a total of $14.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility for general corporate purposes. We intend to use net proceeds from this offering to repay all outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility, while all the Convertible Notes are expected to convert into common stock in connection with this offering.

Our indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (as defined herein) could have important consequences to the holders of our common stock, including the following:

•

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our other debt;

•

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other general corporate requirements;

•

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows to debt service payments, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes;

•

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

•

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including the unhedged portion of borrowings under the Credit Agreement, are at variable rates of interest;

•

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

•

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

•

increasing our cost of borrowing.

In addition, the Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debt. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

We, and certain of our future subsidiaries, may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the Credit Agreement contains restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute “indebtedness” under the Credit Agreement.

The Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility will mature on September 10, 2028 (with an option to extend the maturity date to June 30, 2030 upon the achievement of certain milestones). Outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility will be repaid in full with approximately $43.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled principal and interest payments on or refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business, legislative, regulatory, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. We cannot be sure that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities, or that future borrowings will be available, to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The Credit Agreement restricts our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those dispositions and also limits our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Additionally, if we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default, and the lenders under the Credit Agreement could accelerate the outstanding principal amount of indebtedness, terminate their commitments to loan money and/or foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings, as applicable in the relevant debt instrument, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. Any of these events could result in you losing all or a portion of your investment in the common stock.

The terms of the Credit Agreement restrict our current and future operations, including our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The Credit Agreement contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” The restrictive covenants under the Credit Agreement include restrictions on our ability to:

•

incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

•

pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our capital stock;

•

prepay, redeem, or repurchase junior debt;

•

issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities;

•

make loans and investments;

•

sell assets or property, except in certain circumstances;

•

incur liens;

•

enter into transactions with affiliates;

•

modify or waive certain material agreements in a manner that is adverse in any material respect to the lenders;

•

enter into agreements restricting any subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

•

make fundamental changes in our business, corporate structure, or capital structure, including, among other things, entering into mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, and other business combinations or selling all or substantially all of our assets.

As a result of these restrictions, we may be:

•

limited in how we conduct our business;

•

unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or

•

unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our strategy.

Additionally, under the Credit Agreement, a breach of the covenants or restrictions under the Credit Agreement could result in a default or an event of default. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the credit facilities would permit the lenders under the Credit Agreement to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under such facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under the Credit Agreement, the creditors could accelerate the related debt or proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, as applicable. In the event our creditors were to accelerate the repayment of our indebtedness, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. In exacerbated or prolonged circumstances, one or more of these events could result in our bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are at a variable rate of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt by rating agencies may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.

Our debt currently has a non-investment grade rating, and any rating assigned could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Any future lowering of our ratings would likely make it more difficult or expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing.

Risks Relating to Our Status as a Public Benefit Corporation

Our status as a public benefit corporation may not result in the benefits that we anticipate.

We have elected to be classified as a public benefit corporation under Delaware law. As a public benefit corporation, we are required to balance the financial interests of our stockholders with the best interests of those stakeholders materially affected by our conduct, including those affected by the specific benefit purposes set forth in our certificate of incorporation. In addition, there is no assurance that the expected positive impact from being a

public benefit corporation will be realized. Accordingly, being a public benefit corporation and complying with our related obligations could negatively impact our ability to provide the highest possible return to our stockholders.

As a public benefit corporation, we are required to deliver a report to stockholders at least biennially on our overall public benefit performance and on our assessment of our success in achieving our specific public benefit purpose. If we are not timely or are unable to provide this report, or if the report is not viewed favorably by parties doing business with us or regulators or others reviewing our credentials, our reputation and status as a public benefit corporation may be harmed.

As a public benefit corporation, our focus on a specific public benefit purpose and producing a positive effect for society may negatively impact our financial performance.

Unlike traditional corporations, which have a fiduciary duty to focus exclusively on maximizing stockholder value, our directors have a fiduciary duty to consider not only the stockholders’ interests, but also our specific public benefit and the interests of other stakeholders affected by our actions. See “Description of Capital Stock—Public Benefit Corporation Status.” Therefore, we may take actions that we believe will be in the best interests of those stakeholders materially affected by our specific benefit purpose, even if those actions do not maximize our financial results. While we intend for this public benefit designation and obligation to provide an overall net benefit to us and our partners, it could instead cause us to make decisions and take actions without seeking to maximize the income generated from our business, and hence available for distribution to our stockholders. Our pursuit of longer-term or non-pecuniary benefits may not materialize within the timeframe we expect or at all and may have an immediate negative effect on any amounts available for distribution to our stockholders. Accordingly, being a public benefit corporation and complying with our related obligations could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Additionally, as a public benefit corporation, we may be less attractive as a takeover target than a traditional company and, therefore, your ability to realize your investment through an acquisition may be limited. Public benefit corporations may also not be attractive targets for activists or hedge fund investors because new directors would still have to consider and give appropriate weight to the public benefit along with stockholder value, and stockholders can enforce this through derivative suits. Further, by requiring the boards of directors of public benefit corporations to consider additional constituencies other than stockholders, Delaware public benefit corporation law could potentially make it easier for a board to reject a hostile bid, even where the takeover would provide the greatest short-term financial yield to investors.

Our directors have a fiduciary duty to consider not only our stockholders’ interests, but also our specific public benefit and the interests of other stakeholders affected by our conduct. If a conflict between such interests arises, there is no guarantee such a conflict would be resolved in favor of our stockholders.

While directors of traditional corporations are required to make decisions they believe to be in the best interests of stockholders, directors of a public benefit corporation have a fiduciary duty to balance the stockholders’ pecuniary interests, the best interests of other stakeholders materially affected by the public benefit corporation’s conduct, and the public benefit corporation’s specific public benefit and the interests of other stakeholders affected by the public benefit corporation’s conduct. Under Delaware law, directors are shielded from liability for breach of these fiduciary obligations if they make informed and disinterested decisions that serve a rational purpose. Thus, our directors are not merely permitted, but obligated, to consider our specific public benefit and the interests of other stakeholders. In the event of a conflict between the financial interests of our stockholders and the interests of our specific public benefit or our other stakeholders, our directors are obligated to make informed and disinterested decisions that serve a rational purpose; thus, there is no guarantee that such a conflict would be resolved in favor of our stockholders’ financial interests. Accordingly, Delaware law and our public benefit corporation status could result in our board of directors making decisions that are less financially lucrative for our stockholders in the short- and/or long-term if the public benefit and other stakeholder considerations are significant, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

As a public benefit corporation, our duty to balance a variety of interests may result in actions that do not maximize stockholder value.

As a public benefit corporation, our board of directors has a duty to balance (i) the pecuniary interest of our stockholders; (ii) the best interests of those materially affected by our conduct; and (iii) specific public benefits identified in our certificate of incorporation. While we believe our public benefit designation and associated obligations will benefit our stockholders, in balancing these interests our board of directors may take actions that do not maximize stockholder value. Any benefits to stockholders resulting from our public benefit purposes may not materialize within the timeframe we expect or at all and may have negative effects. For example:

•

we may choose to revise our policies in ways that we believe will be beneficial to stakeholders other than our stockholders, including farmers, suppliers, crew members and communities, even though the changes may be costly;

•

we may take actions, such as investing in technology and quality control mechanisms that exceed the requirements of the USDA and the FDA, even though these actions may be more costly than other alternatives;

•

we may be influenced to pursue programs and services to demonstrate our commitment to the communities we serve in by providing organic, farm-fresh food for babies and kids even though there may be no immediate return to our stockholders; or

•

in responding to a possible proposal to acquire the Company, our board of directors may be influenced by the interests of stakeholders, including farmers, suppliers, crew members and communities, whose interests may be different from the interests of our stockholders.

We may be unable to fully realize the benefits we expect from actions taken to benefit our stakeholders, including farmers, suppliers, crew members, and communities, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

As a public benefit corporation, we may be subject to increased derivative litigation concerning our duty to balance stockholder and public benefit interests, the occurrence of which may have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Stockholders of a Delaware public benefit corporation (if they, individually or collectively, own at least 2% of its outstanding capital stock or shares having at least $2 million in market value (whichever is less)) are entitled to file a derivative lawsuit claiming that the corporation’s directors failed to balance stockholder and public benefit interests. This potential liability does not exist for traditional corporations. Therefore, we may be subject to the possibility of increased derivative litigation, which would require the attention of management and, as a result, may adversely impact management’s ability to effectively execute our strategy. Any such derivative litigation may be costly and have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline steeply or suddenly regardless of our operating performance. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price and may lose all or part of your investment.

There has been no prior public market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations among the underwriters and us, and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenues or other operating results;

•

variations between our actual operating results and the expectations of securities analysts, investors, and the financial community;

•

any forward-looking financial or operating information we may provide to the public or securities analysts, any changes in this information or our failure to meet expectations based on this information;

•

actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow us or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

•

additional shares of common stock being sold into the market by us or our existing stockholders, or the anticipation of such sales, including if existing stockholders sell shares into the market when the applicable “lock-up” periods end;

•

announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, capital commitments, divestitures, or other dispositions;

•

loss of relationships with significant suppliers or other customers;

•

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of companies in our industry, including our competitors;

•

difficulties in integrating any new acquisitions we may make;

•

loss of services from members of management or employees or difficulty in recruiting additional employees;

•

deterioration of economic conditions in the United States and reduction in demand for our products;

•

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of general economic trends;

•

lawsuits threatened or filed against us, or events that negatively impact our reputation; and

•

developments in new legislation and pending lawsuits or regulatory actions, including interim or final rulings by judicial or regulatory bodies.

In addition, extreme price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets have affected and continue to affect the stock prices of many companies. Often, their stock prices have fluctuated in ways unrelated or disproportionate to their operating performance. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation against companies following periods of market volatility. Such securities litigation, if instituted against us, could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and seriously harm our business.

An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.

We have been approved to list our common stock on NYSE under the symbol “OFRM.” However, we cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that we will continue to satisfy the continued listing standards of NYSE. If we fail to satisfy the continued listing standards, we could be de-listed, which would have a material adverse effect on the liquidity and price of our common stock.

Future sales of our common stock and other actions by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders, including employees, who have or obtain equity, sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on

resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have an outstanding total of 41,881,395 shares of common stock (assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any shares held by persons who are not our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and who have complied with the holding period requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Subject to certain exceptions described under “Underwriting,” we and all of our stockholders have entered into or will enter into agreements with the underwriters under which we and they have agreed or will agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of any shares of common stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

When the lock-up period in these agreements expires, we and our stockholders will be able to sell shares in the public market. In addition, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, together in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” Sales of a substantial number of such shares, or the perception that such sales may occur, upon the expiration or early release of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements could cause the price of our common stock to decline or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

In addition, certain of our stockholders have demand and “piggyback” registration rights with respect to our common stock that they will retain following this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for a discussion of the shares of our common stock that may be sold into the public market in the future.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness could limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

After completion of this offering, we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our indebtedness limit our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions on, or to repurchase or redeem, shares of our capital stock. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our Company will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.” We cannot be sure that we will pay dividends in the future or continue to pay dividends if we do commence paying dividends.

If securities or industry analysts either do not publish research about us or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, our business, or our market, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock, or if our operating results do not meet their expectations or any financial guidance we may provide, the trading price or trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced in part by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. If one or more of the analysts initiate research with an unfavorable rating or downgrade our common stock, provide a more favorable recommendation regarding our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more analysts who may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the trading price or trading volume of our common stock to decline.

In addition, if we do not meet any financial guidance that we may provide to the public or if we do not meet expectations of securities analysts or investors, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly. Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from period to period as a result of changes in a variety of factors affecting us or our industry, many of which are difficult to predict. As a result, we may experience challenges in forecasting our operating results for future periods.

Future issuances of our common stock could result in significant dilution to our stockholders, dilute the voting power of our common stock, and depress the market price of our common stock.

Future issuances of our common stock could result in dilution to existing holders of our common stock. Such issuances, or the perception that such issuances may occur, could depress the market price of our common stock. We may issue additional equity securities from time to time, including equity securities that could have rights senior to those of our common stock. As a result, purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering bear the risk that future issuances of equity securities may reduce the value of their shares and dilute their ownership interests. Also, to the extent outstanding stock-based awards are issued or become vested, there will be further dilution to the holders of our common stock.

We will incur increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and NYSE, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that the requirements of operating as a public company will increase our legal and financial compliance and investor relations costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase when we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act. We will also need to establish an investor relations function. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of those costs.

Public company reporting and disclosure obligations and a broader stockholder base as a result of our status as a public company may expose us to a greater risk of claims by stockholders, and we may experience threatened or actual litigation from time to time. If claims asserted in such litigation are successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected, and, even if claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them and the diversion of management resources, could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We are an “emerging growth company” and will be able to avail ourselves of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding

advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay the adoption of certain new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or that have opted out of using such extended transition period, which may make comparison of our financial statements with those of other public companies more difficult. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company or, with respect to adoption of certain new or revised accounting standards, until we irrevocably elect to opt out of using the extended transition period. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share.

The assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $14.89 per share as of September 30, 2025 based on the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. That is because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution to the extent that new securities are issued under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future. See “Dilution.”

Risks Relating to Our Organizational Structure

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of our Company or changes in our management that our stockholders may deem advantageous. In particular, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

•

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members are elected at one time, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

•

permit our board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies (including vacancies resulting from an expansion in the size of our board of directors), except in the case of the vacancy of a CAVU designated director, so long as CAVU continues to have the right to nominate a director pursuant to the terms of the Director Nomination Agreement (in which case CAVU will be able to fill the vacancy);

•

establish limitations on the removal of directors;

•

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

•

provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws;

•

restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware;

•

provide that stockholders may not act by written consent, which would require stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

•

prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings, which would delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including with respect to the removal of directors; and

•

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person, individually or together with any other interested stockholder, who owns or within the last three years has owned 15% of our voting stock, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. We have elected to opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL. However, our certificate of incorporation will contain a provision that is of similar effect, except that it will exempt from its scope CAVU and S2G and any of their affiliates and certain of their respective direct or indirect transferees.

In addition, as a public benefit corporation, our board of directors is required by the DGCL to manage or direct our business conduct, and the specific public benefits identified in our certificate of incorporation. We believe that our public benefit corporation status will make it more difficult for another party to obtain control of us without maintaining our public benefit corporation status and purpose. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Public Benefit Corporation Status.”

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”

Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any claims in state court for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (4) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action,” will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolutions of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Moreover, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum and to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. While there can be no assurance that federal or state courts will follow the holding of the Delaware Supreme Court or determine that our federal forum provision should be enforced in a particular case, application of our federal forum provision means that suits brought by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act must be brought in federal court and cannot be brought in state court.

Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and our certificate of incorporation will provide that neither the exclusive forum provision nor our federal forum provision applies to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in federal court. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Our certificate of incorporation will further provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. The forum selection clause in our certificate of incorporation may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. If the enforceability of our forum selection provisions were to be challenged, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such challenge. While we currently have no basis to expect any such challenge would be successful, if a court were to find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of these specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management, and board of directors.

Our certificate of incorporation will contain a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities.

Under our certificate of incorporation, neither CAVU nor S2G, nor any of their respective portfolio companies, funds, or other affiliates, nor any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members, or partners will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities, similar business activities, or lines of business in which we operate. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no officer or director of ours who is also an officer, director, employee, agent, stockholder, member, partner, or affiliate of either of CAVU or S2G will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to CAVU or S2G, instead of to us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that the officer, director, employee, agent, stockholder, member, partner, or affiliate has directed to CAVU or S2G. For example, a director of our Company who also serves as an officer, director, employee, agent, stockholder, member, partner, or affiliate of CAVU or S2G, or any of their respective portfolio companies, funds, or other affiliates may pursue certain acquisitions or other opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition or other opportunities may not be available to us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by CAVU or S2G to themselves or their respective portfolio companies, funds, or other affiliates instead of to us. A description of our obligations related to corporate opportunities under our certificate of incorporation are more fully described in “Description of Capital Stock—Opportunity.”

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Many statements included in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under “Risk Factors.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “objective,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. In particular, statements about the markets in which we operate, including growth of our various markets, statements about potential new products and product innovation and our expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, prospects, assumptions, or future events or performance contained in this prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•

our market opportunity and the potential growth of that market;

•

our strategy, outcomes, and growth prospects;

•

trends in our industry and markets; and

•

the competitive environment in which we operate.

Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include:

•

adverse public relations, product recalls, and product liability claims arising if our products are contaminated, alleged to be contaminated, or are rumored to have adverse effects, or if our products are alleged to cause illness or injury;

•

factors outside of our and our suppliers’ control that disrupt our operations or impact the inputs, commodities, and ingredients that we use in our business;

•

the failure to manage our supply chain effectively, including inventory levels and transportation services;

•

the availability of natural, plant-rich, and organic ingredients;

•

our ability to protect personal, proprietary, and confidential information and prevent security incidents;

•

damage to our reputation and the reputation of our products, our management team, or co-founders;

•

adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, pestilence, climate change, and other conditions beyond our control that could disrupt our operations;

•

the failure to retain and motivate our management team or other key team members, including our co-founders;

•

our reliance on a limited number of independent contract manufacturers and suppliers, including co-packers;

•

the loss of a significant customer;

•

changing consumer preferences, perceptions, and spending habits;

•

the failure to successfully pursue growth or implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all;

•

disruptions in the worldwide economy;

•

the inability to compete successfully in our highly competitive markets;

•

any damage or disruption at any facility where our finished goods inventory is located;

•

the failure to successfully roll-out coolers and harm to the operating capacity of our coolers;

•

the fluctuation in our business as a result of price actions, promotional activities, chargebacks, and seasonality;

•

our ability to expand existing customer relationships and acquire new customers;

•

the failure of our enterprise resource planning system or any deficient information-sharing capabilities;

•

the sufficiency and effectiveness of our marketing and trade spending programs and whether we are able to develop and maintain our brand;

•

our ability to implement initiatives to improve productivity and streamline operations to control or reduce costs;

•

our compliance and the compliance of our suppliers, co-packers, and co-manufacturers with applicable governmental laws and regulations;

•

the ability of our information technology systems, including AI technologies, to perform adequately and accurately;

•

our ability to achieve or sustain profitability;

•

changes in tax laws;

•

our ability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness;

•

our status as a public benefit corporation and our duty to balance a variety of interests as a public benefit corporation;

•

volatility of the market price of our common stock;

•

the incurrence of increased costs as a result of operating as a public company; and

•

the other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”

We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, business strategy, and financial needs. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other factors described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely affect our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot be sure that the results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe that information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, that information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this

prospectus or to conform such statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not rely on our forward-looking statements in making your investment decision. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions, and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $111.7 million (or approximately $139.3 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us in full) based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being offered by the selling stockholders.

We intend to use net proceeds received by us from this offering as follows: (i) approximately $43.0 million to repay outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, of which $29.0 million was outstanding as of September 30, 2025, (ii) approximately $25.0 million to purchase new equipment needed for operations, (iii) approximately $7.0 million of cash consideration in connection with the Spokesperson Agreement (as defined herein) that is conditioned on the consummation of this offering, (iv) approximately $1.6 million to settle vested SARs issued to certain employees, and (v) the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes.

As of September 30, 2025, we had $29.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility will mature on September 10, 2028 (with an option to extend the maturity date to June 30, 2030 upon the achievement of certain milestones) and the interest rate on the Revolving Credit Facility was 7.60% as of September 30, 2025. For additional information about the Revolving Credit Facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application and specific allocations of the net proceeds of this offering.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $7.1 million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $16.7 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share for the offering remains at $18.00, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering and for the foreseeable future. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our current and future debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources,” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

CAPITALIZATION

The following table describes our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2025 as follows:

•

on an actual basis;

•

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of 1,164,696 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025 into 21,779,817 shares of common stock at the effective conversion ratio, without giving effect to any anti-dilution adjustments relating to our convertible preferred stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of our convertible preferred stock to common stock and additional paid-in capital, (ii) the automatic net exercise of 27,536 convertible preferred stock warrants issued to a customer into 438,983 shares of common stock, (iii) the net exercise of 7,586 convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with a debt facility into 103,896 shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio and exercise price, and the related reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability of approximately $2.8 million to additional paid-in capital, (iv) the assumed conversion of approximately $17.2 million of Convertible Notes into 2,819,512 shares of common stock, and reclassification of the carrying amount of the Convertible Notes and related $1.3 million of accrued interest to additional paid-in capital, (v) the reclassification of the Company’s remaining derivative liability of approximately $50.2 million as a result of the assumed conversion of the Convertible Notes to additional paid-in capital, and (vi) $2.8 million of stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options that vest upon consummation of this offering, reflected as an increase to accumulated deficit and an increase in additional paid-in capital; and

•

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (1) the pro forma adjustments described above, (2) our receipt of $111.7 million in estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, recognized as an adjustment to cash of $106.7 million and additional paid-in capital of $111.7 million, as well as reclassification of deferred offering costs of $8.9 million to additional paid-in capital, and payment of offering costs in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $0.8 million and $3.1 million, and (3) the application of the net proceeds of this offering, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” as follows (a) the assumed repayment of the aggregate principal amount outstanding and accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Facility of $29.0 million, which does not include the additional draw totaling $7.0 million in November 2025 or the additional draw totaling $7.0 million in December 2025, (b) the payment of $7.0 million of cash consideration in connection with the Spokesperson Agreement (as defined herein) that is conditioned on the consummation of this offering, with offsetting adjustments of $0.9 million to accrued expenses and other current liabilities and $6.1 million to accumulated deficit for the related expense, and (5) the payment of $1.6 million of cash consideration to settle certain employee SARs for which the service-based vesting conditions were met or partially met as of September 30, 2025, and the performance-based vesting conditions were met upon consummation of this offering, with an offsetting adjustment to accumulated deficit for the related stock-based compensation. The pro forma as adjusted information set forth below does not include (i) 5,477,425 shares of our common stock issuable on the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2025 under our 2021 Plan and cash proceeds from the exercise of these options, and (ii) 58,961 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan as of September 30, 2025, which shares cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2026 Omnibus Plan becomes effective upon the pricing this offering, and (iii) 4,023,181 shares of our common stock (including the IPO Grants and without giving effect to the underwriters option to purchase additional shares in this offering) reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, which becomes effective on the date we price this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan and, (iv) any grants of stock options or restricted stock options expected to be made in connection with this offering.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes, “Use of Proceeds,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	September 30, 2025
(dollars in thousands)	Actual			Pro Forma			Pro Forma as Adjusted
Cash and cash equivalents	$	7,412		$	7,412		$	86,592

Nonconvertible Debt, net		29,000			29,000			—
Convertible Notes		17,214			—			—
Derivative liability		50,167			—			—
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability		2,761			—			—
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,347,305 shares authorized, 1,164,696 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		101,967			—			—
Stockholders’ deficit:
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 38,250,607 shares authorized, 7,458,069 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 32,600,277 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 40,231,814 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted		1			3			4
Additional paid-in-capital		10,649			186,950			298,674
Accumulated deficit		(158,247	)		(161,093	)		(168,753	)

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity		(147,597	)		25,860			129,925

Total capitalization	$	53,512		$	54,860		$	129,925

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $6.9 million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock offered by us in this offering would increase or decrease each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $16.7 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

In addition, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, the information in this prospectus assumes:

•

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock;

•

an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

•

the effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest in us will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price in this offering per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon consummation of this offering. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the book value of our total tangible assets less the book value of our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock then issued and outstanding.

As of September 30, 2025, we had a historical net tangible book value of $(59.4) million, or $(7.97) per share of common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2025 was $12.1 million, or $0.37 per share of common stock, based on the total number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2025, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of 1,164,696 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025 into 21,779,817 shares of common stock at the effective conversion ratio, without giving effect to any anti-dilution adjustments relating to our convertible preferred stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of our convertible preferred stock to stockholders’ (deficit) equity, (ii) the automatic net exercise of 27,536 convertible preferred stock warrants issued to a customer into 438,983 shares of common stock, (iii) the assumed net exercise of 7,586 convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with a debt facility into 103,896 shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio and exercise price, and the related reclassification of the convertible preferred stock liability of approximately $2.8 million to stockholder’s (deficit) equity, (iv) the assumed conversion of approximately $17.2 million of Convertible Notes into 2,819,512 shares of common stock and reclassification to stockholder’s (deficit) equity of $1.3 million of accrued interest, and (v) the reclassification to stockholder’s (deficit) equity of the Company’s remaining derivative liability of approximately $50.2 million as a result of the assumed conversion of the Convertible Notes.

After giving further effect to (i) the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, (ii) the assumed repayment of the aggregate principal amount outstanding and accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Facility of up to $29.0 million, which does not include the additional draw totaling $7.0 million in November 2025 and $7.0 million in December 2025, (iii) the payment of $7.0 million of cash consideration in connection with the Spokesperson Agreement (as defined herein) that is conditioned on the consummation of this offering, and (iv) the payment of $1.6 million of cash consideration to settle certain employee SARs for which the service-based vesting conditions were met as of September 30, 2025, and the performance-based vesting conditions are met upon consummation of this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2025 would have been $125.0 million, or $3.11 per share of common stock. These represent an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $2.74 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $14.89 per share to investors participating in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. There is no impact on dilution per share to investors participating in this offering as a result of the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:


Assumed public offering price per share				$	18.00

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2025	$	(7.97	)
Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2025 attributable to the pro forma transactions described above	$	8.34


Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2025	$	0.37
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering	$	2.74

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering			$	3.11

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering			$	14.89

A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.17 and dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $0.83, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses by us. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial offering price would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $(0.17) and dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $(0.83), assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses by us. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $16.7 million and $0.33 per share and decrease the dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $0.33, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses by us. A decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $16.7 million and $0.35 per share and increase the dilution per share by $0.35, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses by us.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $3.64 and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $14.36, assuming no change in the initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above as of September 30, 2025, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders (including shares of our preferred stock assuming the conversion of such shares into common stock upon close of this offering) and the average price per share to be paid by the new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.


	Shares purchased				Total consideration				Average price per share
	Number		Percent		Amount		Percent		Average price per share
					(in thousands)
Existing investors		32,600,277		81.0%	$	106,646		43.7%	$	3.27
New investors in this offering		7,631,537		19.0%		137,368		56.3%	$	18.00

Total		40,231,814		100%	$	244,014		100%	$	6.07

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders before this offering to be reduced to 29,234,605 shares, or 72.7% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to 10,997,209 shares, or 27.3% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors in this offering by $7.6 million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by 5.6 percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by 5.6 percentage points, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $18.0 million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by 13.1 percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by 13.1 percentage points, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to 77.8% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be increased to 22.2% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The discussion and tables above exclude (i) 5,477,425 shares of our common stock issuable on the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2025 under our 2021 Plan, (ii) 58,961 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan as of September 30, 2025, which shares cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2026 Omnibus Plan becomes effective upon the pricing of this offering, (iii) 4,023,181 shares of our common stock equal to 10% of our outstanding common stock after this offering (including the IPO Grants and without giving effect to the underwriters option to purchase additional shares in this offering) reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, which becomes effective on the date we price this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan and (iv) any grants of stock options or restricted stock units expected to be made in connection with this offering. See “Executive Compensation—Actions Taken in Connection with this Offering—2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

The table above assumes no exercise, conversion, or vesting of our outstanding securities, aside from the conversion of our preferred stock, Convertible Notes, and warrants as indicated above. Assuming the exercise, conversion, and vesting of all of our outstanding securities, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be increased to 83.3% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be decreased to 16.7% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

We expect to require additional capital to fund our current and future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Future issuances of our common stock could result in significant dilution to our stockholders, dilute the voting power of our common stock, and depress the market price of our common stock.”

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations as of, and for, the periods presented. You should read the following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations together with the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary—Summary Financial Data,” “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations for the future of our business and our liquidity and capital resources as well as other non-historical statements. These statements are based upon our current plans, expectations, and beliefs, and are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the risks and uncertainties described in “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Overview

Once Upon a Farm is driving systemic change in childhood nutrition with real, organic, farm-fresh food – made with no added sugar, no preservatives, and nothing artificial. From baby’s first bites to kid’s school-ready snacks, we are a rapidly growing leader in modern childhood nutrition that provides innovative, nutrient-packed, delicious food to on-the-go parents for their babies and kids. We revolutionized the childhood nutrition category with what we believe is the first-ever cold-pressed Pouch, setting a new standard for nutrition that parents love and kids crave. Our mission and commitment to our consumers guide every decision we make and are at the heart of our identity and journey ahead. We are a Public Benefit Corporation, which requires us to uphold high social and environmental standards and provide transparency for all of our stockholders. Additionally, we believe we are the first baby through kid parent-ally brand with a deep commitment to superior, fresh products with high nutritional standards and incredible taste. Our thoughtful recipes are crafted with high-quality organic ingredients, from cold-pressed Pouches, to Refrigerated Oat Bars and Dry Baby Snacks, earning us the trust of parents, and fostering a loyal, passionate, and fast-growing consumer base.

Key Factors Affecting our Performance

Our ability to achieve sustainable growth and profitability is impacted by several factors, certain of which are strategically tied to key metrics that define our success:

Increasing Brand Awareness and Household Penetration

Growing our brand awareness and household penetration is central to our strategy for long-term growth. Our mission-led approach and creation of great-tasting, high-quality, nutritional and organic products that kids love establishes trust in parents and fosters brand-loyalty from our customers. As we continue to expand our innovative product offerings, we plan to establish trust with parents in the early stages of their baby’s development, building brand loyalty that allows us to strategically deliver great-tasting, healthy and convenient products to kids of all ages. We plan to increase our brand awareness and household penetration by leveraging a full-funnel modern marketing approach that includes retail media networks, influencer programs, high-frequency national media campaigns, engaging social media, impactful sponsorships, and immersive in-store activations. To grow and maintain our brand, we must invest in sales and marketing to promote word-of-mouth sharing of our brand to attract new customers. We believe that once consumers are introduced to our brand and products, we will be able to drive conversion to repeat purchases and long-term loyalty.

Investment in Retail Partnerships and Distribution Expansion

Our long-term growth strategy relies on our ability to cultivate and maintain relationships with our retail customers to expand our presence and optimize distribution across all retail stores. Our success is dependent on deepening the assortment of our product offerings and ensuring that our products are prominently displayed in both our retail customers’ brick-and-mortar stores and e-commerce platforms. Our relationships with our retail customers also allow us to deepen the assortment of our product offerings by extending our reach to new product categories and expanding the number of shelves that our products are displayed on at stores in major classes of retail, including grocery, mass, club, natural and specialty stores.

We also intend to grow our sales and in-store footprint through the national rollout of our cooler program. Our coolers, which can be found replacing standard shelving in the baby aisle, as an end-cap display or free standing in the baby aisle, currently feature our widest selection of Pouches and baby food meals. We have deployed over 3,200 coolers in stores to date and believe there is an opportunity to expand the footprint to more than 15,000 coolers in stores in North America. We invest in slotting fees and offer other incentives to encourage our retail customers to place our coolers in more of their stores and display our coolers in ideal locations within their stores. As we accelerate the rollout of coolers, we expect increases in overall sales velocity and believe there are further opportunities for sales velocity enhancement as we continue to optimize the product assortment offered in the cooler and encourage excitement for our product across aisles. The presence of baby coolers also drives an increase in basket size for the whole baby department, which encourages our retail customers to participate in this initiative with us. The direct impact of the new cooler additions on our net sales varies based on numerous factors including store traffic and cooler size.

In addition to our primary retail growth strategy of increasing depth of our product offerings with our existing retail customers, we believe there is a significant opportunity to increase sales through e-commerce and delivery platforms and expand into new retail customers and international markets.

Product Innovation and Category Leadership

We are confident that through innovation in new products, product line extensions, and packaging types, we will drive meaningful growth for our Company. Investment in strategic product innovation is vital for meeting evolving consumer needs and complementing our existing product portfolio to expand our brand’s reach. We continue to expand and enhance our product offerings, including launches of Refrigerated Oat Bars and shelf-stable baby snacks, to meet the evolving needs of our consumers and drive demand for our products.

Aligning our innovation pipeline with consumer demands for organic, nutritious, delicious, and convenient products has positioned us as a leader in the baby and kids’ food market. We plan to invest in exploring new flavor combinations and innovative formats that enhance taste and nutritional value, and in expanding our existing functional product offerings across various formats, such as immunity, brain health, and protein, to provide parents with the functionality they are looking for and satisfy the cravings of babies and kids.

Drive Sustainable, Profitable Growth

Our future success is dependent on our ability to drive sustainable and profitable growth. We have made significant investments in assembling our strong leadership team, implementing strategic sales management principles, and building our global procurement network infrastructure to support long-term growth and to enhance the profitability of our core operating model as we grow. We also plan to continue to invest in expansion and automation of our scalable production platform with our co-manufacturing partners to increase our capacity and operational efficiency to support our growth and achieve economies of scale. With these investments, we believe we will be well-positioned to consistently deliver the highest quality, premium products to our consumers while also ensuring profitability and sustainability for Once Upon a Farm.

Macroeconomic Uncertainty and Supply Chain Costs

Uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment resulting from geopolitical and economic instability, including the imposition of potential tariffs, embargoes, or similar restrictions could cause disruption in our supply chain. For example, the U.S. presidential administration recently announced the imposition of tariffs on numerous countries that trade with the United States. As the implementation of tariffs is ongoing, more tariffs may be added in the future and countermeasures may be adopted by other countries. The imposition of certain of these tariffs remains uncertain as the situation is dynamic and rapidly evolving. New or increased tariffs could also negatively affect U.S national or regional economies or lead to increased inflation or a recession, which also could negatively impact our sales growth, and our business and results of operations. Any tariffs or other barriers to trade affecting Mexico and South America in particular, two regions from which we source a significant portion of our key fruit and vegetable ingredients, could lead to, among other things, shortages and higher cost of procurement, and could negatively impact our business and profitability.

In addition, in recent years, we have experienced elevated commodity and supply chain costs, including the costs of raw materials, packaging, labor, energy, fuel, freight, and other inputs necessary for the production and distribution of our products, and we expect elevated levels of inflation to continue in 2026. Such elevated commodity and supply chain costs and inflation levels did not have a material impact on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024, or for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. In an effort to mitigate the impact of these elevated costs, we have taken actions to: diversify the regions in which we source the raw materials used in our business, remove intermediate third parties in our supply chain, scale our business and work with co-manufacturing partners to increase our capacity and operational efficiency, including through investment in equipment used by our co-manufacturers.

For a further discussion of the risks and challenges posed by these events, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.”

Components of Results of Operations

Net Sales

We generate revenue through sales of organic, nutrient-packed, farm-fresh Pouches, snacks, and other products for babies and kids through retail channels, which include traditional brick-and-mortar stores, e-commerce platforms, and delivery platforms, as well as directly to consumers through our direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) platform that we operate. Our revenue is recognized net of allowances for sales discounts and promotions and any sales or other similar taxes collected from consumers. We offer sales discounts and promotions to our retail and DTC customers through various programs. These programs include sales incentives, trade allowances, slotting fees, coupon offers, rebates, and term discounts. We anticipate that these sales discounts and promotions will impact our net sales and that changes in these activities could impact period over period results.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of product costs, third-party manufacturing fees, inbound freight of raw materials and finished goods, storage and handling costs during the manufacturing process, product loading and handling at our outsourced production facilities for distribution, depreciation of machinery, and equipment used in the manufacturing process as well as duties and tariffs.

We source our organic raw materials from farmers both in the United States and international markets. We also contract with outsourced partners in the United States to manufacture, package, and distribute our products to our customers.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit represents net sales less cost of goods sold. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of net sales.

Our gross margin may in the future fluctuate from period to period based on a number of factors, including costs of produce and commodities, manufacturing, warehousing and transportation rates for inbound raw materials. Gross margin may also fluctuate in the future based on changes in the promotional environment in the marketplace, the mix of products we sell, the channel through which we sell our products and innovation initiatives we undertake in each of our product categories, among other factors.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of payroll and payroll-related benefits, stock-based compensation, marketing content and agency fees, customer growth and acquisition costs, warehouse and distribution costs, and freight costs associated with shipping goods to customers. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include depreciation and amortization and product development costs.

We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in the future as we continue to scale our operations to meet our product demand, continue to build our product portfolio, and add personnel to our sales and marketing organization. We also expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including increased expenses related to legal, audit, accounting, regulatory, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance costs, investor and public relations costs, and other administrative and professional services.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense is attributable to interest on our outstanding borrowings under our Nonconvertible Debt and Convertible Notes agreements (each as defined below). We expect our interest expense to decrease following our initial public offering as we intend to use proceeds to repay our Nonconvertible Debt obligations and expect our outstanding Convertible Notes to convert into shares prior to or at the time of the offering.

Change in fair value of derivative liability consists of adjustments to the fair value of our derivative liability. We expect no change in fair value of derivative liability after our initial public offering, as we expect our outstanding Convertible Notes to convert into shares prior to or at the time of the offering.

Other income (expense), net primarily consists of gains or losses due to adjustments to the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 and 2024

The results of operations data have been derived from the unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented:


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024			2025
Net sales	$	107,589		$	176,656
Cost of goods sold		62,220			105,325

Gross profit		45,369			71,331
Selling, general and administrative		53,075			81,550

Loss from operations		(7,706	)		(10,219	)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(1,220	)		(1,984	)
Interest income		750			253
Change in fair value of derivative liability		(3,214	)		(26,320	)
Other expense, net		(162	)		(1,447	)

Total other income (expense)		(3,846	)		(29,498	)

Net loss before income taxes		(11,552	)		(39,717	)
Income tax (provision) benefit		(34	)		(42	)

Net loss	$	(11,586	)	$	(39,759	)

Net Sales


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024		2025		$ Change			% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Kid
Pouches	$	68,342	$	88,159	$	19,817			29	%
Snacks		5,366		16,433		11,067			206

Total Kid		73,708		104,592		30,884			42
Baby
Pouches		19,855		21,595		1,740			9
Snacks		10,855		48,650		37,795			348
Other		3,171		1,819		(1,352	)		(43	)

Total Baby		33,881		72,064		38,183			113

Net sales	$	107,589	$	176,656	$	69,067			64	%

The increase in net sales of $69.1 million, or 64%, was primarily due to a 53% increase in volume growth, driven by both incremental distribution of existing products and the introduction of new products into our portfolio. The increase in net sales was also driven by a more favorable product mix primarily due to the introduction of newer products that are sold at a higher price per unit. Additionally, since 2023, we have launched 104 new SKUs across categories. A “new SKU” is a unique product configuration, represented by a distinct GTIN/UPC, or barcode, that differs from existing SKUs in formulation, flavor, size, or format, and is introduced for commercial sale in the Company’s markets for the first time. Our newly launched kid and baby snacks categories resulted in a combined $48.9 million increase in net sales period over period. Net sales from Kid Pouches increased by $19.8 million and net sales from baby Pouches increased by $1.7 million period over

period. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we incurred increased trade spending primarily related to slotting fees paid to retail customers for placement of new coolers in their stores, which was recognized as a reduction of net sales.

Cost of Goods Sold


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024		2025		$ Change		% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Cost of goods sold	$	62,220	$	105,325	$	43,105		69%
Percentage of net sales		58%		60%				2%

The increase in cost of goods sold of $43.1 million, or 69%, was primarily due to increased sales volume. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales increased by 2% primarily due to increased trade spending, which is recognized as a reduction in net sales.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024		2025		$ Change		% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Gross profit	$	45,369	$	71,331	$	25,962		57%
Gross margin		42%		40%				(2)%

The increase in gross profit by $26.0 million was driven by higher net sales generated during the nine months ended September 30, 2025. The decrease in gross margin by 2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was primarily driven by increased cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales due to increased trade spending. The increase in trade spending was primarily driven by slotting fees related to expansion into new stores, placement of coolers in retail customer stores, and dairy category resets in January 2025.

Selling, General and Administrative


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024		2025		$ Change		% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Selling, general and administrative	$	53,075	$	81,550	$	28,475		54	%
Percentage of net sales		49%		46%				(3	)%

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $28.5 million, or 54%, primarily driven by:

•

an increase of $9.4 million in marketing expenses, primarily comprised of an increase in paid media spend, as well as an increase in spend in our shopper marketing program to better reach targeted consumers;

•

an increase of $4.6 million in employee-related costs, driven by an overall increase in headcount to support our continued growth;

•

an increase of $4.6 million in stock-based compensation, depreciation, travel, and other expenses to support our increase in headcount and continued growth;

•

an increase of $4.4 million in warehouse and distribution expenses and higher outbound freight driven by higher sales volumes and carrying larger volumes of inventory on hand throughout the period to support our growth;

•

an increase of $3.1 million in selling expenses to support the growth in sales volume; and

•

an increase of $2.4 million in professional fees due to accounting, finance, and legal costs as we prepare to operate as a public company.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Expense


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024			2025			$ Change			% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Interest expense	$	(1,220	)	$	(1,984	)	$	(764	)		63	%

The increase in interest expense by $0.8 million, or 63%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024, was due to increased borrowings. There was a $14.0 million draw on the Company’s existing credit facilities in February 2025 and an additional $7 million in July 2025, which resulted in increased interest expense.

Interest Income


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024		2025		$ Change			% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Interest income	$	750	$	253	$	(497	)		(66	)%

The decrease in interest income of $0.5 million, or 66%, was due to lower average cash balances in our money market accounts during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liability


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024			2025			$ Change			% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Change in fair value of derivative liability	$	(3,214	)	$	(26,320	)	$	(23,106	)		*	*

**	not meaningful

The change in fair value of derivative liability of $23.1 million was driven by an increase in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock underlying the Convertible Notes.

Other income (expense), Net


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024			2025			$ Change			% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Other income (expense), net	$	(162	)	$	(1,447	)	$	(1,285	)		*	*

**	not meaningful

The change in other income (expense), net of $1.3 million was primarily due to an increase in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability during the nine months ended September 30, 2025.

Comparison of the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2024

The results of operations data have been derived from the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023			2024
	(in thousands)
Net sales	$	94,286		$	156,801
Cost of goods sold		55,494			88,464

Gross profit		38,792			68,337
Selling, general and administrative		54,114			74,655

Loss from operations		(15,322	)		(6,318	)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(1,548	)		(1,611	)
Interest income		1,216			892
Change in fair value of derivative liability		(1,803	)		(16,037	)
Other expense, net		(146	)		(712	)

Total other expense		(2,281	)		(17,468	)

Net loss before income tax provision		(17,603	)		(23,786	)
Income tax provision		(34	)		(50	)

Net loss	$	(17,637	)	$	(23,836	)

Net Sales


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2024		$ Change			% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Kid
Pouches	$	67,890	$	96,095	$	28,205			42	%
Snacks		1,859		8,765		6,906			371	%

Total Kid		69,749		104,860		35,111			50	%
Baby
Pouches		20,329		27,343		7,014			35	%
Snacks		—		20,644		20,644			**
Other		4,208		3,954		(254	)		(6	)%

Total Baby		24,537		51,941		27,404			112	%

Net sales	$	94,286	$	156,801	$	62,515			66	%

**	not meaningful

The increase in net sales of $62.5 million, or 66%, was primarily due to a 62% increase in volume growth, driven by both incremental distribution of existing products and the introduction of new products into our portfolio. Since 2023, we have launched 65 new SKUs across categories. Our newly launched kid and baby snacks categories resulted in a combined $27.6 million increase in net sales year over year. Net sales from kid Pouches increased by $28.2 million and net sales from baby Pouches increased by $7.0 million year over year. We incurred increased trade spending for the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily related to slotting fees paid to retail customers for placement of new coolers in their stores, which was recognized as a reduction of net sales in each period.

Cost of Goods Sold


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2024		$ Change		% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Cost of goods sold	$	55,494	$	88,464	$	32,970		59%
Percentage of net sales		59%		56%				(3)%

The increase in cost of goods sold of $33.0 million, or 59%, was primarily due to increased product costs associated with the increased sales of our products. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales decreased by 3% primarily due to increased economies of scale. Benefits have mainly been achieved as a result of our increased sales volume and more favorable third-party manufacturing fees and automation of our manufacturing and packaging process that resulted in lower costs per unit, as well as decreases in costs of raw materials. Targeted machinery updates and automation initiatives including the installation of flow wrap, multipack, and case pack equipment improved line throughput, significantly reduced labor requirements, and also lowered our packaging costs.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2024		$ Change		% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Gross profit	$	38,792	$	68,337	$	29,545		76%
Gross margin		41%		44%				3%

The increase in gross profit by $29.5 million was driven by higher net sales generated during the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in gross margin by 3% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily driven by decreased cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales due to increased economies of scale achieved as a result of our increased sales volume and more favorable product mix. We also worked with our manufacturing partners to reduce material warehousing and transfer costs as our business scales at each facility as well as negotiated lower tolling rates at key manufacturing partners, including volume-based pricing.

Selling, General and Administrative


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2024		$ Change		% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Selling, general and administrative	$	54,114	$	74,655	$	20,541		38	%
Percentage of net sales		57%		48%				(9	)%

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $20.5 million, or 38%, primarily driven by:

•

an increase of $7.0 million in marketing expenses, primarily comprised of increases in marketing-related professional fees, paid media spend, as well as an increase in spend in our shopper marketing program to better reach targeted consumers;

•

an increase of $4.3 million in employee-related costs, driven by an overall increase in headcount to support our continued growth;

•

an increase of $3.3 million in warehouse and distribution expenses and higher outbound freight driven by higher sales volumes and carrying larger volumes of inventory on hand throughout the year to support our growth;

•

an increase of $2.2 million in selling expenses to support the growth in sales volume;

•

an increase of $2.1 million in professional fees due to accounting, finance, and legal costs as we prepare to operate as a public company; and

•

an increase of $1.6 million in facilities, technology, and other expenses to support our increase in headcount and continued growth.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Expense


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023			2024			$ Change			% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Interest expense	$	(1,548	)	$	(1,611	)	$	(63	)		4	%

Interest expense did not materially change during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 as our outstanding borrowing amounts under our nonconvertible debt and Convertible Notes agreements and related interest rates did not materially change year over year.

Interest Income


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2024		$ Change			% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Interest income	$	1,216	$	892	$	(324	)		(27	)%

The decrease in interest income of $0.3 million, or 27%, was due to lower average cash balances in our money market accounts during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liability


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023			2024			$ Change			% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Change in fair value of derivative liability	$	(1,803	)	$	(16,037	)	$	(14,234	)		*	*

**	not meaningful

The increase in change in fair value of derivative liability of $14.2 million was driven by an increase in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock underlying the Convertible Notes.

Other Expense, Net


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023			2024			$ Change			% Change
	(dollars in thousands)
Other expense, net	$	(146	)	$	(712	)	$	(566	)		*	*

**	not meaningful

The increase in other expense, net of $0.6 million was primarily due to a $0.8 million increase in fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability during the year ended December 31, 2024, partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in other miscellaneous expenses.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited condensed statement of operations data for each of the last seven fiscal quarters in the period ended September 30, 2025. The unaudited quarterly condensed statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for the periods presented. Our historical quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the related notes and our unaudited condensed financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2024			June 30, 2024			September 30, 2024			December 31, 2024			March 31, 2025			June 30, 2025			September 30, 2025
	(dollars in thousands)
Net sales	$	30,834		$	34,995		$	41,760		$	49,212		$	50,603		$	60,017		$	66,036
Cost of goods sold		17,707			20,197			24,316			26,244			31,510			35,564			38,251

Gross profit		13,127			14,798			17,444			22,968			19,093			24,453			27,785
Gross margin		43	%		42	%		42	%		47	%		38	%		41	%		42	%
Selling, general and administrative		14,242			16,740			22,093			21,580			28,280			24,433			28,837

(Loss) income from operations		(1,115	)		(1,942	)		(4,649	)		1,388			(9,187	)		20			(1,052	)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(408	)		(405	)		(407	)		(391	)		(523	)		(660	)		(801	)
Interest income		298			252			200			142			121			73			59
Change in fair value of derivative liability		142			(981	)		(2,375	)		(12,823	)		(9,680	)		(8,180	)		(8,460	)
Other income (expense), net		13			(65	)		(110	)		(550	)		(457	)		(528	)		(462	)

Total other income (expense)		45			(1,199	)		(2,692	)		(13,622	)		(10,539	)		(9,295	)		(9,664	)

Net loss before income taxes		(1,070	)		(3,141	)		(7,341	)		(12,234	)		(19,726	)		(9,275	)		(10,716	)
Income tax (provision) benefit		(4	)		(9	)		(21	)		(16	)		260			237			(539	)

Net loss	$	(1,074	)	$	(3,150	)	$	(7,362	)	$	(12,250	)	$	(19,466	)	$	(9,038	)	$	(11,255	)

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our net sales have increased sequentially in each quarter presented primarily due to increased sales volume, reflecting an average quarterly volume growth of 11%. This growth was driven by both the incremental distribution of existing products and the introduction of new products into our portfolio, including the launch of new kid and baby snacks categories in quarter ended March 31, 2024. We incurred increased trade spending for the three months ended March 31, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 primarily related to slotting fees paid to retail customers for placement of new coolers in their stores, which was recognized as a reduction of net sales in each period. The trade spending related to slotting fees paid for coolers was $2.6 million, $3.1 million and $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2025, respectively.

Quarterly Operating Expenses Trends

Our quarterly costs and expenses generally increased sequentially for all periods presented, primarily due to the scale of our operations to meet product demand and increases in headcount to support increased operations and increased sales and marketing. We incurred higher operating expenses starting in the first half of 2025 due to investments to support our growth and drive long-term operational efficiencies, and grow our headcount as we prepare to operate as a public company.

Quarterly Gross Profit and Margin Trends

Gross profit and gross margin grew consistently throughout the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily driven by increased economies of scale achieved as a result of our higher sales volume, reduced cost of goods sold and more favorable product mix. We worked with our manufacturing partners to reduce material warehousing and transfer costs as our business scaled at each facility as well as negotiated lower tolling rates at key manufacturing partners, including volume-based pricing, targeted machinery updates and automation of our manufacturing and packaging processes that resulted in lower costs per unit.

Our gross profit and gross margin were lower in the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to increased trade spending related to slotting fees. The changes in trade spending, which we recognize as a reduction in net sales, were primarily driven by (1) slotting fees charged by retailers in connection with our expansion into new stores, (2) slotting fees related to placement of new coolers in retail locations, and (3) dairy category resets that took place in January 2025. In the quarters ended June 30, 2025 and September 30, 2025, gross profit and gross margin improved, primarily due to higher sales volume and lower trade spending.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have generated operating losses and have relied on private sales of securities and proceeds from debt financing to fund our operations. As of September 30, 2025, we had cash and cash equivalents of $7.4 million and accumulated deficit of $158.2 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we incurred a net loss from operations of $39.8 million and net cash flow used in operating activities totaled $23.2 million. We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents, as well as available borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility, will be sufficient to support our operations for at least the next 12 months.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our pace of new and existing customer growth, our investments in innovation, our investment in cooler placements at retail stores, our investments in partnerships, and unexplored channels. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. There can be no assurance that additional equity or debt financing will be available to us at terms acceptable to us, or at all and will be impacted by many factors, including the liquidity of the overall capital markets and the future state of the U.S. and global economy.

Nonconvertible Debt

On June 27, 2025 (the “Initial Closing Date”), we entered into a Credit Agreement with Western Alliance Bank (the “Credit Agreement”) for a delayed draw term loan (the “Term Loan Facility”) and a revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”, and together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Nonconvertible Debt”). The Revolving Credit Facility had an initial funding commitment of up to $65.0 million which included (i) an initial commitment of $45.0 million and (ii) a $20.0 million uncommitted option, subject to syndication at terms acceptable to prospective lenders (with such increase implemented through the amendment executed on September 11, 2025). The Term Loan Facility had a commitment of $30.0 million which includes (i) $18.0 million available on the Initial Closing Date and (ii) $12.0 million available upon achieving certain milestones and lender approval. On the Initial Closing Date, the Company borrowed $22.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility to repay all outstanding amounts under its previously existing debt facilities. In July 2025, we drew an additional $7.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility for general corporate purposes. On September 11, 2025, the Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, increase the Revolving Credit Facility funding commitment to up to $65.0 million. This increase reflects our lender’s commitment to fund the previously uncommitted $20.0 million option. As of September 30, 2025, there was $29.0 million borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. In November 2025, the Company drew $7.0 million under its Revolving Credit Facility for general corporate purposes. In December 2025, the Company drew an additional $7.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility for general corporate purposes, increasing total outstanding borrowings to $43.0 million.

Interest on borrowings under the Term Loan Facility is calculated at a rate equal to (i) 2.50% plus the highest of (w) the prime rate (as determined by reference to the Wall Street Journal), (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum and (y) one month Term SOFR plus 1.00% per annum or (ii) one month Term SOFR plus 3.50% per annum, subject to a 2.00% Term SOFR floor. Interest-only payments are required to be made until July 10, 2027, then (i) with respect to $18.0 million of the Term Loan Facility, equal payments of outstanding principal and (ii) with respect to $12.0 million of the Term Loan Facility, 24 months after the borrowing of such amount with equal payments of outstanding principal, plus monthly interest payments, through the maturity date. As of September 30, 2025, there were no amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility.

Interest on borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is calculated at a rate equal to (i) 2.25% plus the highest of (w) the prime rate (as determined by reference to the Wall Street Journal), (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum and (y) one month Term SOFR plus 1.00% per annum, or (ii) one month Term SOFR plus 3.25% per annum, subject to a 2.00% Term SOFR floor. Interest-only payments are required with a balloon principal payment on the maturity date. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility was 7.6% as of September 30, 2025.

The borrowing base for the Revolving Credit Facility requires us to maintain collateral in the form of accounts receivable and inventory. Amounts available to us are determined as the lower of (a) the current maximum capacity and (b) the sum of (i) 80% of the Company’s gross accounts receivable and (ii) 85% of the liquidation value of inventory, each subject to certain adjustments. The Nonconvertible Debt includes financial and nonfinancial covenant provisions. As of September 30, 2025, we were in compliance with all covenants related to the Nonconvertible Debt. As of September 30, 2025, the maximum remaining capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility was $36.0 million, with $19.6 million available for borrowing based on existing inventory and accounts receivable balances as described by the Credit Agreement.

Convertible Notes

In 2021, we issued $3.6 million of convertible notes (the “Series C-1 Convertible Notes”) convertible into Series C-1 convertible preferred stock to an existing investor (the “Note Holder”). The Series C-1 Convertible Notes are convertible into Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at a fixed conversion price. The Series C-1 Convertible Notes bear interest at 2.1% per annum on the unpaid principal amount and, at conversion, any accrued interest is waived by the holder.

In 2021, in connection with the cancellation and exchange of a previous instrument with the Note Holder, we issued $4.3 million of convertible notes (the “Series C-2 Convertible Notes”) to the Note Holder. The Series C-2 Convertible Notes are convertible into Series C-2 convertible preferred stock at a fixed conversion price. The Series C-2 Convertible Notes bear interest of 2.1% per annum and, at conversion, any accrued interest is waived by the holder.

In 2022, we issued an additional $9.3 million of convertible notes (the “Series D Convertible Notes”) convertible into Series D convertible preferred stock to the Note Holder. The Series D Convertible Notes bear interest at 1.92% per annum on the unpaid principal amount and, at conversion, any accrued interest is waived by the holder. The Series D Convertible Notes are convertible into Series D convertible preferred stock at a fixed conversion price.

The Series C-1 Convertible Notes, Series C-2 Convertible Notes, and Series D Convertible Notes (collectively, the “Convertible Notes”) have a maturity date of the earliest to occur among (i) an event of default, (ii) the closing of a deemed liquidation event or (iii) the closing of a liquidation. The Convertible Notes are convertible at the Note Holder’s option, fully or partially, into their respective class of convertible preferred stock upon the holder becoming a stockholder of less than 9.9% of our outstanding stock. Additionally, the Convertible Notes become fully convertible into their respective class of convertible preferred stock upon the occurrence of the closing of a deemed liquidation event or the closing of a liquidation event.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:


	Year Ended December 31,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2023			2024			2024			2025
	(dollars in thousands)
Net cash used in operating activities	$	(8,088	)	$	(11,042	)	$	(7,052	)	$	(23,236	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(1,401	)		(3,007	)		(1,798	)		(3,539	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(11	)		400			84			16,881

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	$	(9,500	)	$	(13,649	)	$	(8,766	)	$	(9,894	)

Operating Activities

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, net cash used in operating activities was $23.2 million, which was primarily driven by net loss of $39.8 million, non-cash adjustments of $34.1 million and a net decrease in cash related to changes in operating assets and liabilities of $17.5 million. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of a change in fair value of derivative liability of $26.3 million, stock-based compensation of $2.9 million, a change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability of $1.4 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $0.9 million, inventory adjustments of $1.8 million, amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs of $0.5 million, non-cash interest expense of $0.2 million, and a change in fair value of SARs liability of $0.1 million. Changes in cash flows related to operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an $19.6 million increase in inventory to support the increase in sales volume, a $12.1 million increase in accounts receivable due to growth in our net sales, and a $0.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, primarily due to increases in prepaid insurance and deferred taxes. These uses of cash were partially offset by a $14.6 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities primarily related to increased third-party manufacturing fees, accrued trade spend, and accrued marketing costs to support the growth in sales volume.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net cash used in operating activities was $7.1 million, which was primarily driven by net loss of $11.6 million, non-cash adjustments of $6.7 million and a net decrease in cash related to changes in operating assets and liabilities of $2.2 million. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of a change in fair value of derivative liability of $3.2 million, stock based compensation of $1.3 million, warrants issued to a customer of $0.5 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $0.5 million, inventory adjustments of $0.4 million, amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs of $0.4 million, non-cash interest of $0.3 million, and a change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability of $0.1 million. Changes in cash flows related to operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $11.4 million increase in accounts receivable due to growth in our net sales, a $5.6 million increase in inventory to support the increase in sales volume, and a $0.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets due to the timing of payments. These uses of cash were partially offset by a $14.9 million net increase in accounts payable.

Net cash used in operating activities of $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily driven by net loss of $23.8 million, non-cash adjustments of $21.9 million, and a net decrease in cash related to changes in operating assets and liabilities of $9.1 million. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of a change in fair value of derivative liability of $16.0 million, a change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability of $0.8 million, stock-based compensation totaling $1.8 million, warrants issued to a customer of $0.7 million, inventory adjustments of $0.9 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $0.8 million, amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs of $0.6 million, and non-cash interest expense of

$0.3 million. Changes in cash flows related to operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $10.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to growth in our net sales and due to the launch of new products in the kids and baby snacking category, a $6.9 million increase in inventory to support the increase in sales volume, and a $3.3 million decrease in accounts payable due to timing of payments. These uses of cash were partially offset by a $11.2 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities primarily due to increased accrued trade spend and accrued marketing costs to support increased sales and a $0.5 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets due to timing of payments.

Net cash used in operating activities of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily driven by net loss of $17.6 million, non-cash adjustments of $3.8 million, and a net increase in cash related to changes in operating assets and liabilities of $5.7 million. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of a change in fair value of derivative liability of $1.8 million, stock-based compensation of $1.4 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $0.5 million, amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs of $0.5 million, and loss on asset disposal of $0.1 million, partially offset by inventory adjustments of $0.5 million. Changes in cash flows from operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $5.3 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities due to increased accrued payroll as a result of increased headcount, higher accrued trade spend, and accrued marketing expenditures to support increased sales and expansion of our business, a $1.1 million increase in our accounts payable due to the timing of vendor payments, and a $0.5 million decrease in inventory. These sources of cash were partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in accounts receivable due to growth in our net sales, and a $0.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets due to the timing of payments.

Investing Activities

For the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025, net cash used in investing activities was $1.8 million and $3.5 million related to purchases of property and equipment used in ongoing operations.

In fiscal 2023 and 2024, net cash used in investing activities was $1.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively, related to purchases of property and equipment used in ongoing operations.

Financing Activities

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, net cash provided by financing activities was $16.9 million, primarily consisting of $21.0 million in borrowings from our credit facilities and $1.4 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options. These sources of cash were partially offset by payments of deferred offering costs of $5.1 million and payments of debt issuance costs of $0.4 million.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.1 million, primarily related to proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

In fiscal 2024, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.4 million, which primarily consisted of proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

In fiscal 2023, net cash used in financing activities was nominal, consisting of payment of debt issuance costs.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP, we use the non-GAAP financial measures Contribution Margin and Adjusted EBITDA to provide investors with additional information about our financial performance and to enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects. We are presenting these non-GAAP financial measures because we believe they provide an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core financial performance over multiple periods with the performance of other companies.

However, non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in their usefulness to investors because they have no standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and are not prepared under any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. In addition, non-GAAP financial measures may be calculated differently from, and therefore may not be directly comparable to, similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed as supplementing, and not as an alternative or substitute for, our financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

To address these limitations, we provide a reconciliation of Contribution Profit to gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety, not to rely on any single financial measure, and to view Contribution Margin and Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with their respective related GAAP financial measures.

Contribution Margin

We use Contribution Margin, which we define as Contribution Profit divided by net sales, to measure our financial and operating performance. To derive Contribution Profit, we subtract from gross profit our outbound freight costs associated with shipping goods to customers included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

We use Contribution Margin as part of our overall assessment of performance, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and quarterly forecasts, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance. We believe Contribution Margin is useful to investors for year-to-year comparisons of our business and in evaluating and understanding our operating results and ability to scale. Contribution Margin is also useful to investors because our management uses Contribution Margin, in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, to evaluate our operating results and financial performance.

Contribution Margin


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024			2025			% Change
Contribution Margin		35	%		35	%		—	%

Our Contribution Margin was consistent for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024.


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023			2024			% Change
Contribution Margin		32	%		37	%		5	%

The increase in Contribution Margin by 5% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily driven by the aforementioned factors mentioned in the discussion of gross profit in the results of operations above. In addition to our economies of scale, our increased order sizes helped reduce freight costs per case, benefiting Contribution Margin.

The following table provides a calculation of Contribution Margin:


	Year Ended December 31,									Nine Months Ended September 30,						Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2025
	2022			2023			2024			2024			2025			Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2025
				(dollars in thousands)
Net sales	$	66,253		$	94,286		$	156,801		$	107,589		$	176,656		$	225,868
Cost of goods sold		40,226			55,494			88,464			62,220			105,325			131,569

Gross profit		26,027			38,792			68,337			45,369			71,331			94,299
Less: Outbound freight		(7,490	)		(8,972	)		(10,641	)		(7,487	)		(9,851	)		(13,005	)

Contribution Profit	$	18,537		$	29,820		$	57,696		$	37,882		$	61,480		$	81,294

Gross margin		39%			41%			44%			42%			40%			42%
Contribution Margin		28%			32%			37%			35%			35%			36%

Adjusted EBITDA

We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. However, management believes that Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, provides investors with additional useful information in evaluating our performance.

We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, adjusted to exclude: (1) change in fair value of derivative liability; (2) change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability; (3) stock-based compensation; (4) depreciation and amortization; (5) interest expense; (6) interest income; (7) provision for income taxes; and (8) amortization of payments under the Spokesperson Agreement (as defined herein).

Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA, when taken together with our financial results presented in accordance with GAAP, provides meaningful supplemental information regarding our operating performance and facilitates internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our business, results of operations, or outlook. In particular, we believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA is helpful to our investors as it is a measure used by management in assessing the health of our business, determining incentive compensation, and evaluating our operating performance, as well as for internal planning and forecasting purposes.

Adjusted EBITDA is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. Some of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA include that (1) it does not properly reflect capital commitments to be paid in the future, (2) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the underlying assets may need to be replaced and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect these capital expenditures, (3) it does not consider the impact of stock-based compensation, (4) it does not reflect other non-operating expenses, including interest expense, (5) it does not consider the impact of any derivative liability valuation adjustments, (6) it does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us, and (7) it does not consider amortization of payments under the Spokesperson Agreement. In addition, our use of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because they may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of these limitations, when evaluating our performance, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial measures, including our net income and other results stated in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income, the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP, for the periods presented:


	Year Ended December 31,									Nine Months Ended September 30,						Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2025
	2022			2023			2024			2024			2025			Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2025
				(dollars in thousands)
Net loss	$	(19,326	)	$	(17,637	)	$	(23,836	)	$	(11,586)		$	(39,759)		$	(52,009)
Change in fair value of derivative liability⁽¹⁾		2,801			1,803			16,037			3,214			26,320			39,143
Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability⁽¹⁾		235			(1	)		787			142			1,365			2,010
Stock-based compensation		643			1,372			1,791			1,345			2,895			3,342
Depreciation and amortization		570			488			796			540			907			1,163
Amortization of Spokesperson Agreement expense		—			—			—			—			1,947			1,947
Interest expense		1,432			1,548			1,611			1,220			1,984			2,375
Interest income		(376	)		(1,216	)		(892	)		(750	)		(253	)		(395	)
Provision (benefit) for income tax		12			34			50			34			42			58

Adjusted EBITDA	$	(14,009	)	$	(13,609	)	$	(3,656	)	$	(5,841	)	$	(4,552	)	$	(2,366	)

⁽¹⁾	Amount reflects the change in fair value of derivative liability related to Convertible Notes and change in fair value of convertible preferred warrant liability related to our Nonconvertible Debt agreement.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and related notes thereto. Critical accounting estimates are those estimates that, in accordance with GAAP, involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had or are reasonably likely to have a material impact on our financial statements. Management has determined that our most critical accounting estimates are those relating to revenue recognition, valuation of derivative liability, fair value of common stock, and stock-based compensation. Although we believe that the estimates we use are reasonable, due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results reported in future periods could differ materially from those estimates. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates we consider critical. For further discussion about our accounting policies, see Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue is generated through sales of Pouches, snacks and other products for babies and kids through retail channels, which include traditional brick-and-mortar stores and e-commerce platforms, as well as directly to consumers through our DTC platform that we operate. We recognize revenue when control of the products transfers to the customer, which occurs upon customer pickup or delivery of the products to the customer for retail sales or when the product is delivered to the carrier for DTC sales. Our revenue is recognized net of allowances for sales discounts and promotions and any taxes collected from consumers.

We offer sales discounts and promotions to our customers through various programs. These programs include sales incentives, trade allowances, slotting fees, including baby cooler slotting fees, coupon offers, rebates and term discounts. The costs of these sales discounts and promotions are accounted for as reductions in the transaction price. We estimate variable consideration related to the cost of sales discounts and promotions

during the period the product is sold. We recognize an allowance for estimated trade discounts that have been incurred but the corresponding trade receivable was not settled as of each balance sheet date. We also recognize an accrual for the estimated cost of promotional activities. Our estimate of trade discounts and accrued promotional activities is a management estimate based on the terms and timing of our programs offered, expected participation based on our historical experience with similar programs and forecasted sales volumes.

We do not believe it is reasonably likely that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to recognize revenue. Estimates are made based on historical experience and other factors. Typically, programs that are offered have a short duration and historical differences between actual experience compared to estimated volumes, performance and redemptions have not been significant to the annual financial statements. However, if the level of redemption rates, volumes or performance were to vary significantly from our estimates, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.

Derivative Liability

Our Convertible Notes contain conversion features that meet the definition of an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation from the Convertible Notes and measurement at fair value. The derivative liability is initially measured at fair value on issuance and is subject to remeasurement at each reporting period with changes in fair value recognized in change in fair value of derivative liability in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

We determine the fair value of our derivative liability related to Convertible Notes using a “with-and-without” methodology. This involves valuing the instrument with and without the embedded derivative, with the difference representing the derivative liability’s fair value at issuance. Key assumptions include the estimated fair value of the underlying preferred stock, the probability and timing of conversion events, dividend yields, volatility, discount rate, risk-free rate and remaining expected life. Changes in these inputs can materially impact the fair value and reported financial results, including loss and comprehensive loss for the applicable reporting period.

Fair Value of Common Stock

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards has historically been determined by management with the assistance of third-party valuation specialists using a hybrid approach. Under the hybrid approach, a probability weighting was assigned to both a merger and acquisition (“M&A”) scenario and an initial public offering (“IPO”) scenario. For the M&A scenario, management uses the Income Approach and Guideline Public Company (“GPC”) approach to determine the estimated fair value of equity, which is then allocated to the various classes of equity using the Option Pricing Method (“OPM”). Under the OPM, the shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the common stock, preferred stock and preferred stock warrants are then inferred by analyzing these options. For the IPO scenario, we estimate the exit value upon an IPO scenario and then performs a waterfall analysis to systematically allocate the equity value across share classes according to their fully diluted ownership positions.

For the income approach, we use a discounted cash flow analysis (“DCF”) and the significant assumptions used in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock under the income approach primarily relate to the selection of the revenue growth rate, the forecasted EBITDA margin, and the selected discount rate used to discount the future cash flows. Under the GPC approach, the selection of revenue and EBITDA multiples requires significant judgement. Under the IPO scenario there is significant judgment used in determining the exit value upon the completion of a successful IPO. There is also significant judgement in weighting the probability of the M&A scenario verses the IPO scenario.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation expenses related to equity classified awards based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. For awards that vest based only on continued service, we recognize stock-based compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the awards. For stock option awards with performance vesting conditions, we recognize stock-based compensation using an accelerated attribution method when it is probable the performance condition will be achieved. The grant date fair value of stock options that contain service or performance conditions is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of restricted stock awards that contain service vesting conditions is estimated based on the fair value of the underlying shares on grant date.

The fair value of liability classified awards such as stock appreciation rights awards, is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the date of grant and is remeasured each reporting period through the date of settlement. Our liability classified stock appreciation rights are subject to both service and performance conditions. The performance condition, which includes either an initial public offering or a change in control event, is not considered achievable for accounting purposes until it happens. As a result, we will not recognize any compensation for these awards until it is probable that the performance condition will be met.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards requires judgment. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options that have service and/or performance vesting conditions. The assumptions used in these option-pricing models require the input of subjective assumptions and are as follows:

•

Fair value—Please refer to the section titled “Fair Value of Common Stock” above for the valuation methodology of our common stock.

•

Expected volatility—Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of a publicly traded peer group based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards.

•

Expected term—For stock options with only service vesting conditions, the expected term is determined using the simplified method, which estimates the expected term using the contractual life of the option and the vesting period.

•

Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield of treasury bonds with a maturity that approximates the expected term of the awards.

•

Expected dividend yield—The dividend yield is based on our current expectations of dividend payouts. We currently have no history or expectation of paying cash dividends on our common stock.

The determination of stock-based compensation cost is inherently uncertain and subjective and involves the application of valuation models and assumptions requiring the use of judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, stock-based compensation expense and net losses could be significantly different.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility and expected terms utilized in our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation. See Note 12 to our audited financial statements and Note 11 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2024, and the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we recorded $2.9 million in stock-based compensation. There was an insignificant reduction in net sales associated with stock appreciation rights issued to a customer and no reduction in net sales associated with warrants issued to a customer during the nine months ended September 30, 2025.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2024, we recorded $1.3 million of stock-based compensation and a $0.5 million reduction in net sales associated with warrants issued to a customer.

As of September 30, 2025, there was $10.5 million in unrecognized compensation related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years.

During fiscal year 2024, we recorded $1.8 million in stock-based compensation and a $0.7 million reduction in net sales associated with warrants issued to a customer. During fiscal year 2023, we recorded $1.4 million of stock-based compensation and no reduction in net sales as there were no warrants issued to any customers during that year.

As of December 31, 2024, there was $6.7 million in unrecognized compensation related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See the sections titled “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements” and “—Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted” in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional details.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in raw material prices, interest rates and inflation.

Raw Materials Pricing Risk

Our profitability is dependent on, among other things, our ability to anticipate and react to commodity and packaging costs. The prices of ingredients we use in the process of manufacturing our products are subject to many factors beyond our control, such as the number and size of farms that provide ingredients, the vagaries of these farming businesses, including poor harvests due to adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and pestilence and changes in national and world economic conditions.

In addition, we purchase some ingredients and other materials offshore. The price and availability of such ingredients and materials may be affected by political events or other conditions in these countries or tariffs or trade wars. Any tariffs imposed by the U.S. presidential administration or retaliatory tariffs announced by other countries could result in a trade war. If effected, these or any new or increased tariffs or resultant trade wars could have an adverse effect on us or on our suppliers, distributors or customers, which could lead to significant increases in the costs of materials and services, resulting in product cost increases and reduced consumer demand.

A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in the weighted-average cost of these commodities and raw materials would have resulted in an increase or decrease to cost of goods sold of approximately $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 or $4.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. We seek to mitigate the impact of raw materials cost increases by negotiating pricing agreements. We strive to offset the impact of raw materials cost increases with a combination of cost savings initiatives and efficiencies and price increases to our customers.

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our Nonconvertible Debt, which incurs interest at variable rates. See the section titled “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Nonconvertible Debt” above. Based on the average interest rate on the instruments under the Nonconvertible Debt during the year ended December 31, 2024 and the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we do not believe that a hypothetical 100 basis points change in the interest rate would have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Our interest-earning instruments also carry a degree of interest rate risk.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure.

Inflation Risk

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor, logistics, commodities, packaging and manufacturing costs. We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” may take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Therefore, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

LOGO

LETTER FROM JOHN FORAKER, CO-FOUNDER AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

When Jennifer Garner and I joined Ari Raz and Cassandra Curtis as co-founders in September 2017, the very first thing we did was draft our mission statement: We exist to drive systemic improvements in childhood nutrition for a healthier, happier & more equitable world. It’s impossible to overstate how critical these words and intentions have been in guiding us over the years. Our mission informs every decision we make from product development / innovations, business partnerships, how and where we source, and, of course, all the incredible people we’ve added to the team who are dedicated to delivering on this mission and building our strong company culture. We believe our products and mission are more important and relevant than ever given the widely recognized societal challenges around the health of our children in this country.

Once Upon a Farm began like many great entrepreneurial stories with Cassandra solving her own problem — frustrated by the lack of fresh, nutritious options in stores, she began crafting her own baby food blends at home driven by an uncompromising commitment to taste, nutrition, and real ingredients. From that early product vision and foundation, Once Upon a Farm has grown into a highly disruptive, consumer-centric baby & kid focused nutrition business that has become a trusted brand in millions of homes across the country.

Today, we are a Public Benefit Company known for our wide range of certified organic & cold-processed refrigerated baby foods and kid snacking products across the United States disrupting existing shelf-stable categories while driving highly incremental growth for retailers and delight for parents and kids everywhere. An industry-disruptive company from the start, innovation remains at our core. Since late 2023, we've successfully expanded our brand platform beyond the refrigerated aisle into shelf-stable baby and kid snacks, as well as lunchbox-friendly options. And we still have a ways to go…as we grow our business, we will continue to drive our mission as well—offering better, more accessible choices to families and redefining what clean, nutritious snacking can look like.

We’ve built this brand the right way since the beginning, taking no shortcuts, with paramount focus on delivering the best tasting and most nutritionally sound products we can possibly make, all powered by best-in-class talent and a company culture rooted in driving positive impact to our consumers and the communities we serve. I am proud of where we are today, but our runway is long, and our future is bright. Consumers, especially parents of babies and young kids, are increasingly aware of the tight connection between the quality and impact of our babies’ first foods through their development as children, and the positive long-term implications of these choices on their long-term health and well-being. When we nourish the next generation with integrity and intention, we’re not only building healthier kids—we’re building a better world.

I learned a lot from my experience as CEO of Annie’s starting in 2003 when it was a small company, developing the team and brand for years of growth, leading it through its IPO, and ultimately shepherding its sale. Those important lessons have informed everything we’ve done here at Once Upon a Farm to build and develop this business. Things such as driving industry leadership, focusing on building the core to develop a strong and scalable business model, hiring and then actively developing industry best talent, and a tight mission-driven culture. I believe that these factors have prepared us to be a highly effective public company. From the strong foundation we’ve set as a leading purpose-driven consumer brand, I’m convinced that the best way to grow Once Upon a Farm to our full potential without compromise is to take it public and do it ourselves. Join us as we reshape the future of childhood nutrition—driving breakthrough growth while empowering parents everywhere with better choices that nurture healthier kids to their greatest potential.

Best, JF

BUSINESS

LOGO

Our Company

At Once Upon a Farm, we are driving systemic change in childhood nutrition with real, organic, farm-fresh food–made with no added sugar, no preservatives, and nothing artificial. From baby’s first bites to kid’s school-ready snacks, we are a rapidly growing leader in modern childhood nutrition that provides innovative, nutrient-packed, delicious food to on-the-go parents for their babies and kids. We revolutionized the childhood nutrition category with what we believe is the first-ever cold-pressed Pouch, setting a new standard for nutrition that parents love and kids crave. From one mother’s kitchen and farmers markets to a beloved household brand, we are the #1 growth brand in the category²⁸, elevating parents’ expectations for the food their children consume and eliminating the need to compromise taste and quality for convenience.

Our mission and commitment to our consumers guide every decision we make and are at the heart of our identity and journey ahead. We are a public benefit corporation, which requires us to uphold high social and environmental standards and provide transparency for all of our stockholders. Additionally, we believe we are the first baby through kid parent-ally brand with a deep commitment to superior, fresh products with high nutritional standards and incredible taste. Our thoughtful recipes are crafted with high-quality organic ingredients, from cold-pressed Pouches and freshly Frozen Meals, to Refrigerated Oat Bars and Dry Baby Snacks, earning us the trust of parents, and fostering a loyal, passionate, and fast-growing consumer base. This is reflected in our NPS of 47²⁹, outpacing all of the established category players according to a survey conducted on January 15, 2025. This is coupled with impressive and consistently growing repeat purchasing rates as 50%³⁰ of our consumers with children repeat purchased Once Upon a Farm products in the last 12 months ending September 30, 2025.

Our success in developing nutritious food that kids love, and parents feel good providing, has resulted in a remarkable growth trajectory. We have surpassed $318 million of in-store retail sales, according to management estimates, and are the #1 brand driving dollar growth in the categories we play in for the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025³¹. Our products are available in the aisles where parents frequently shop and are sold in more than 25,000³² doors nationwide across U.S. MULO and the Natural Expanded channel. We have strong relationships with well-known retailers, both in brick-and-mortar stores and e-commerce.

²⁸	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

²⁹	Numerator, Brand Health Tracker. NPS is a metric used to gauge customer loyalty and satisfaction by measuring how likely customers are to recommend a company or product to others.

³⁰	2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics.

³¹	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

³²	SPINS, U.S. MULO + Natural Expanded Channel Data, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

playbook is effective as we unlock incremental traffic and growth in the aisles our products are presented in, and our velocities have remained best-in-class as our distribution has expanded. Retailers value this given that we help attract larger basket shoppers and generate better margin outcomes. For example, in baby food we are the #1 growth brand and more than 60% incremental to the category, with upwards of 35% new purchasing as of July 13, 2024, according to management estimates. We believe our brand is enhancing childhood nutrition options and categories as we provide modern, better-for-you products that yield satisfaction and smiles.

From A Mission to A Movement

In 2015, Cassandra Curtis and Ari Raz started Once Upon a Farm with a mission centered around two main pillars:

•

Kids should be eating food that is organic, fresh, clean, and real; and

•

Parents need food options that are delicious, nutritious, and convenient.

Cassandra created the original recipes in her kitchen to feed her own children because nothing she could buy at the grocery store from existing food brands met her high personal standards. Inspired by this mission, in 2017, industry veteran, longtime leader of Annie’s, and former president of the Annie’s operating unit at General Mills, John Foraker partnered with actor, philanthropist, and entrepreneur / businesswoman, Jennifer Garner, to join with Cassandra and Ari to create the next generation childhood nutrition company. Subsequently, we assembled a team of CPG veterans, with experience disrupting category norms, and built an organization filled with talented, passionate and success-seeking people. We have grown Once Upon a Farm to $225.9 million in annual net sales for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, representing a 56.2% CAGR from 2022 to the twelve months ended September 30, 2025.

Through the power of our team, we believe we are a pioneer in modern childhood nutrition with a deep connection to our consumers built on trust, quality, and transparency. Our brand’s “farm fresh first” approach resonates with parents wanting to increase their kids’ consumption of fruits and veggies, resulting in high consumer loyalty and advocacy. It is through these foundational advocates that we have enjoyed continued success, as our brand is amplified via their enthusiastic word-of-mouth, which is sincere, effective, and comes at no cost to our business. Peer-to-peer marketing has become increasingly significant in how parents are introduced to our brand. According to an April 2020 study, among people purchasing Once Upon a Farm, 23% became aware of our brand through word-of-mouth³³. This trend has only strengthened over time; a 2024 study found that word-of-mouth advocacy is now the number one way consumers discover our brand, with 34% of consumers learning about us through word-of-mouth³⁴. Parents who purchase our products often brag about our quality and taste profile that kids love. Despite this, and the significant reach our brand has for its size, we only have household penetration of 4.8%³⁵ as of the last 12 months ending September 30, 2025, which should provide us with significant growth opportunities.

Once Upon a Farm’s reach is further supported by our modern and multi-faceted, consumer-driven marketing strategy that spans social media, traditional marketing, national partnerships, and commercial TV campaigns that are paramount to further driving consumer awareness. We utilize full-funnel marketing strategies by focusing our activations on both our core products and innovations to attract new and repeat consumers.

The Proof is in The Pouches…And Our Innovative Products

³³	Hanover, Brand Tracker.

³⁴

GutCheck.

³⁵	2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics.

believe that we continue to raise the bar for industry standards. We make our Pouches by blending fresh and IQF fruits and vegetables, sourced at peak ripeness, with other high-quality ingredients. We process them using high, cold pressure, never heating them above 40 degrees, which preserves enough shelf life to allow for refrigerated distribution to stores nationwide. The result is a fresh product with a taste and texture as if it were homemade. Kids love the taste, and parents feel great about the simple ingredients and freshness.

We also have sought-after and on-trend functional offerings for our Pouches, such as our Immunity and Smart Blends, which are designed to support children’s health and development as people look to food as a means for preventative health benefits. For the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025, these Pouches were the highest velocity products among our Kid & Baby Pouch portfolio³⁶. According to SPINS, U.S. MULO, as of the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025, our portfolio of Pouches had approximately $132 million of retail sales, with the #1 position³⁷ in the category contributing more growth dollars and units to the category compared to any other brand.

Building upon our Pouches’ strong foundation of trust, loyalty, and passion with our consumers, we expanded into baby and kid pantry snacking with Dry Baby Snacks and Refrigerated Oat Bars. In 2023, we launched what we believe was the first-of-its-kind Refrigerated Oat Bar at a time when bars in the market were full of sugar, preservatives, and lacking flavor and nutrition. In 2024, we launched Dry Baby Snacks which include Fruit & Veggie Puffs, Melts, and Tractor Wheel Bars. Per SPINS, U.S. MULO data on retail sales, as of the 12 weeks ended September 7, 2025, we are the #1 velocity Baby & Toddler Snack brand in the United States, specifically with the #1 velocity in Puffs, Melts, and Toddler Bars, making our Dry Baby Snacks the #2 brand in the category by dollar sales. We also launched our Soft-Baked Bars for kids and they have quickly become the fastest growing brand driving segment growth in the Natural / Organic Breakfast Bar category where carried, according to management estimates. We believe this presents a substantial opportunity for us to further establish our reputation as a leading bar brand in a $7.5 billion Bar category, according to SPINS, U.S. MULO + Natural Expanded Channel data as of the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025.

LOGO

Our portfolio also includes a line of freshly frozen organic meals, mostly sold on our DTC platform hosted on Shopify. This line is focused on veggie forward finger feeding products that are an important bridge for

³⁶	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

³⁷	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

parents transitioning babies to solid foods. These products also give us a foothold and experience in the Frozen category, which represents a significant opportunity for further brand expansion in the future should we decide to

pursue that opportunity. This product also addresses the heightened demand for healthier and better-for-you frozen options that millennials and younger generation parents look for, a trend that we have observed coming out of the pandemic.

One of the most exciting opportunities ahead of us is the opportunity to broaden our cooler installations and presence in the baby aisle, which is traditionally home to only shelf stable products. From our earliest days, we began placing and testing coolers in baby aisles, experimenting with different sizes and product assortments to discover the best retail results and category incrementality. In 2022, these efforts paid off as we began to slowly scale the roll-out of fresh baby coolers at key retailers to meet the growing demand of parents seeking fresh baby food and clean snack options. Today, we believe we have identified the right strategy to drive a broader and more emphatic cooler presence, as we have over 3,200 coolers deployed nationally and are well-positioned to continue to steward this initiative into a meaningful growth engine for Once Upon a Farm and our retail customers. Our coolers not only create convenience and efficiency for shoppers, but also are highly incremental to baby food category growth, leading to larger and more profitable baskets for retailers. Our baby aisle coolers are 61% incremental and aisles featuring our coolers see +10 percentage points of total category dollar growth post-cooler launch, according to management estimates.

LOGO

Omnichannel Route-to-Market with Leading Partners

We have built and fortified strong relationships with top retailers, both brick-and-mortar and online, some going back to our national roll-out in 2018. Our retail customers are aligned with and supportive of our mission in the baby and kids’ aisles. They have been constructive in furthering the Once Upon a Farm’s brand presence in their stores, recognizing both the growth opportunity they see and the high-value consumers that our brand attracts.

estimates. Our products are available at leading retail customers, including Target, Whole Foods, Kroger, Walmart, Publix, and Wegmans. We work with leading national retailers and collaborate with them to ensure Once Upon a Farm is prominently displayed across the store to meet parents where they shop and support our goal of “owning the aisles.” Retailers who have our products filling over 15% of their Refrigerated Kid segment see an average increase of approximately 10.3%³⁸ in their topline growth compared to U.S. MULO.

LOGO

E-Commerce: In 2025, according to management estimates, 40% of our sales volume started with a “click,” whether it was on our own DTC platform, our retail customers’ websites or third-party e-commerce and delivery platforms. As consumers increasingly shift to purchasing online, especially new parents, we ensure our products are also available on our retail customers’ online platforms, and seek to optimize our products’ placement for visibility and availability on their digital shelves. A greater portion of sales of our products are sold online by our key retail customers than our competitors. For example, other brands within our key retail customers may typically have 10% of their business done online, but 24% of our business is done online. This is important to our retail customers as digital baskets are 3 times³⁹ more valuable than in-store baskets, highlighting the value of the e-commerce shopper. Based on management estimates, we are also the #1 indexing brand in the baby food, bars, and yogurt categories for retailer e-commerce platforms, selling approximately 2 times the category average via Pickup and Delivery. Despite being in its infancy, we are seeing strong early traction with Thrive Market launching in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 and Amazon revenue growing 249.5% year-over-year from the year ended December 31, 2024 to the year ended December 31, 2023, with both retailers on track to rank among our top 10 retailers for the year ending December 31, 2025.

A Strategically Differentiated Supply Chain

We are committed to consistently delivering delicious, high-quality products using the highest quality ingredients, sourcing, and production. We understand that any compromise of these principles could have immense implications for our brand and business, which is why we maintain strict oversight across our entire supply chain. We consider our global sourcing relationships, our knowledge of the organic supply chain, our complex manufacturing processes, and our contract manufacturing network consisting of 30 production facilities

³⁸	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

³⁹	84.51° Stratum.

and fulfillment and raw material warehouses to be distinct competitive advantages presenting a strong barrier to entry. We believe that our role in improving childhood nutrition starts with how our food is grown, picked, and packed, which is why we carefully manage most of these processes.

We have strong business relationships with our contract manufacturers, and we work directly with them to ensure our extensive product and packaging specifications are properly implemented, which enables strict oversight of our manufacturing process. Through these arrangements and contractual agreements, our ingredients are sourced to meet our high standards and enforce rigorous quality control at every stage of production. While many food companies allow their third-party manufacturers to fully manage product formulation, blending, and packaging, we take a hybrid approach. Although we rely on our contract manufacturers for their high-pressure processing capabilities, we remain actively involved in directing and advising them throughout the formulation, blending, and packaging stages to ensure our proprietary specifications and quality standards are met. Moreover, certain of our agreements require our contract manufacturers to install specified equipment purchased by us for use in production of the applicable products. Such measures give us oversight and traceability into a critical part of our value chain, truly setting us apart in the industry, while maintaining gross margins of 40% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, which are among the best of our public company peers.

We are committed to the highest standards of social responsibility within our supply chain. For the year ended December 31, 2024, 73.1% of our domestic ingredients came from farms certified by the EFI, which partners with growers and retailers to create a more transparent food chain and healthier workplace for the well-being of farmers growing and harvesting our high-quality raw ingredients. According to EFI, Once Upon a Farm is the first and only consumer packaged goods company committed to source and pay premiums on fruit from EFI certified farms. We view our farmers as true partners and utilize a “follow the harvest” strategy sourcing from all over the world to ensure that we are using the freshest ingredients that are in season.

Our Financial Profile

Our strong track record of continuous innovation, expansion of our product assortment, and increased brand awareness and household penetration has resulted in rapid growth since our inception. Our compelling financial profile and balanced asset-lite business model is characterized by high growth, robust gross margins, and Contribution Margins, and increasing profitability as reflected in our results from 2022 to the twelve months ended September 30, 2025. The following results for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 are derived by adding the results of the nine months ended September 30, 2025 to our statement of operations and management’s calculations for the year ended December 31, 2024, and subtracting the results of the nine months ended September 30, 2024.

LOGO

•

Our net sales increased from $66.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 to $225.9 million in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, representing a CAGR of 56.2%

100

•

Our gross margins increased by 247 basis points from 39.3% in the year ended December 31, 2022 to 41.7% in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025

•

Our Contribution Margins increased by 801 basis points from 28.0% in the year ended December 31, 2022 to 36.0% in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025

•

Our net loss increased from a $19.3 million loss in the year ended December 31, 2022 to a $52.0 million loss in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025

•

Our Adjusted EBITDA decreased from a loss of $14.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 to a loss of $2.4 million in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025

Our Industry

We operate within the large U.S. Natural and Organic Food and Beverage industry, which according to SPINS, U.S. MULO and Natural Expanded Channel data, accounted for approximately $79 billion in retail sales in the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025 and has grown at a 6.7% CAGR for the comparable periods from 2023 to 2025, outpacing total U.S. Food and Beverage sales, excluding U.S. Natural and Organic Food and Beverage sales, of 2.1% over the same period. We believe approximately 38% of the U.S. market is comprised of tracked channels with the remaining 62% in untracked channels such as Costco, e-commerce, and Food Service. Our industry has been shaped by a long-term secular shift in consumer behavior towards health and wellness, and we believe that nutrition and health have never been more closely linked for U.S. consumers.

Growing consumer awareness of the health benefits of natural and organic foods has led to a significant increase in demand. Younger millennials and Generation Z consumers are increasingly prioritizing products that are organic and healthy, and these cohorts are expected to hold 47-60% of buying power by 2030⁴⁰. We believe that these preferences for natural and organic nutrition will continue to extend into the baby and kid aisles as these cohorts mature, increase their income, and have families.

Expecting parents and parents of infants are the highest indexing household types the Organic Trade Association refers to as “Committed Organic Consumers” (purchasing 5 or more organic categories in the last 12 months). As a result, the Baby Food category boasts the highest penetration of households purchasing organic across all categories⁴¹, providing a significant opportunity for our products. Parents have increasingly sought to prioritize the health and nutrition of their children, as ages 0-12 represent some of the most critical years for biological, cognitive, and social development, and for the prevention of negative life-long health impacts. According to the Mintel, Grocery report, 9 out of 10 parents with children under the age of 18 report purchasing natural and organic products. We believe this prioritization has highlighted the prevalence of preservatives and fillers, over-processing and added sugars in kids’ packaged food, and the need for better options with simple, clean ingredients that still taste delicious and are convenient for parents. As a baby and kid nutrition company committed to providing fresh, organic, and delicious food in a sustainable and transparent manner, we believe we are well positioned to leverage these secular shifts in consumer demand as a catalyst for growth.

While our focus is specific to natural and organic, we are also seeking to capture market share from the broader U.S. Kids Food & Beverage industry, which, according to Renub Research, is projected to exceed $57 billion in sales value in 2024 and to grow at a 6.5% CAGR from 2024 to 2027⁴². Through our portfolio of products, we are able to cover many need states spanning across functional, dairy, fruits & veggies, and snacking. We track our performance in retailers using SPINS data, where our products today are captured primarily within the Baby & Toddler Foods, Refrigerated Yogurt & Plant-Based Yogurt, and Wellness & Snack Bars categories. When combined, these categories accounted for approximately $22 billion in retail sales in the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025, according to SPINS, U.S. MULO and Natural Expanded Channel data. The Baby & Toddler Food category accounted for approximately 91% of our SPINS retail sales in the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025 according to SPINS, U.S. MULO and Natural Expanded Channel data; all of our Pouch products have been

⁴⁰	SPINS, CPG Outlook.

⁴¹	Organic Trade Association.

⁴²

Renub.

101

coded to this category, irrespective of whether the intended consumer is a baby, toddler, or older child, and irrespective of placement in the dairy or baby aisle. The category breakdown as well as our estimate of the target demographic in each category is as follows:

LOGO

⁽¹⁾

SPINS LLC, U.S. MULO + Natural Expanded Channel Data, for the 52 week period ended September 7, 2025

⁽²⁾

Management estimates

⁽³⁾

Excludes U.S. Natural and Organic F&B Sales

When parents are considering which brands and products to feed to their kids, the purchase decision is often dependent on brand trust and loyalty, and 65% of parents express a desire for a single childhood food brand that spans all ages⁴³. We believe that our core values, diverse product platform, dedication to taste, and healthy products, and disciplined investments position us well to serve these consumers, benefit from industry trends, capture market share, and continue driving industry-leading growth in the coming years.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following strengths differentiate our brand and have built the foundation for our continued growth and stewardship of children’s nutrition:

Modern & Deeply Trusted Brand Covering Baby Through Kid

Our products resonate with our consumers no matter where they shop–across aisles and channels, evidenced by our strong NPS of 47 according to a survey conducted on January 15, 2025, which leads our competitive set

⁴³

SIVO.

102

and reinforces the trust and favorability we have built over the years. We have a loyal base of consumers that we have cultivated over an extended period of time through repeated positive consumer interactions with our brand and products. Most recently, a survey from January 2025 found that Once Upon a Farm is seen as one of the most trustworthy brands by 73%⁴⁴ of brand buyers. According to the 2025 Numerator, BHT Wave 7 survey, our aided brand awareness increased to 67%, from 59% one year prior. We are viewed as a ‘badge brand’ that parents gravitate towards given our brand is associated with a high standard of quality, transparency, and taste that kids love. As a result, we believe consumers are proactively sharing our brand through peer-to-peer connections because of their love for our products and their desire to share that experience with their friends and family members. We have earned the trust of parents by never compromising on our promise to them to provide healthy food choices, making Once Upon a Farm a go-to choice for playdates, parks, and busy families everywhere. However, with household penetration only at 4.8%⁴⁵ as of the last 12 months ending September 30, 2025, we believe we still have so much opportunity ahead of us.

Consistently Delicious Products Made With High-Quality Ingredients

We carefully design each product to meet the nutritional needs of different developmental stages, from a baby’s first bites to school-age snacks. Certain products are further enhanced via functionality, such as added immunity, belly, and brain health supportive ingredients. Our Immunity Blend Pouches, which contain probiotics that support immune health, and our Smart Blend Pouches, which contain Omega 3s and choline that support brain health, are the highest velocity products across our Kid & Baby Pouch portfolios⁴⁶. We believe this demonstrates how parents are increasingly looking for products that are simple, clean, and that they believe can do more for their kids without sacrificing on delivering a superior taste to ensure kids want to keep coming back for more.

LOGO

⁴⁴	Numerator, Brand Health Tracker.

⁴⁵	2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics.

⁴⁶	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

103

solidifying us as a top choice for parents in the category. We believe these recognitions, coupled with our repeat rates showcase our ability to strike the perfect combination of flavor, taste, and nutritional value.

Leading In-House Innovation Capabilities Redefining the Baby & Kid Food Markets

Following the launch of our core Pouches, and establishing our brand’s trust with families, we expanded our portfolio into additional categories with great success. Our first entry into snacking was via expansions into Refrigerated Oat Bars and Dry Baby Snacks, and today, new products outside of our core Pouches represent approximately 34% of our portfolio and drove 64%⁴⁷ of growth contribution for the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025. Over time, our goal is to be the go-to brand for babies, toddlers, and big kids, as 65%⁴⁸ of parents want a brand that spans all ages, which enhances the market position of Once Upon a Farm as we believe there are no competitive substitutes that span those ages.

Our new product ideation is greatly enhanced by the data and analytics we gather via our DTC platform. The direct feedback we gain from our carefully cultivated and empathetic relationships with over 15,000 subscribers provides us with valuable insights into their unmet needs. Leveraging these insights, coupled with ongoing product evaluation, we maintain a robust pipeline of new products, and are confident we have the team, capabilities, and most importantly, the brand to continue to lead and disrupt the industry.

Core Demographic Comprised of Loyal Consumers With Strong Brand Affinity

⁴⁷	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

⁴⁸

SIVO.

⁴⁹	Numerator, Brand Health Tracker.

104

our brand. This is evident through their strong repeat purchasing rates of 50%⁵⁰ among households with kids for the 12 months ending September 30, 2025. In addition to repeat purchasing, our customers are loyal to our brand, as demonstrated through their shopping across our product portfolio. Notably, approximately 48% of households buying our refrigerated products also purchase our products in other categories where available, according to management estimates. We are fortunate to have such amazing parents in our consumer base, and hope to continue enhancing and expanding that trust for years to come.

Deep & Symbiotic Retail Relationships

We partner with the most-trafficked retailers nationally who rely on us to deliver category leading innovation, excellent growth opportunities, and a brand that draws attractive consumers into the store. Retail customers value the incremental categories we offer, the strong velocities we bring, and the resulting growth and premium margins we deliver for them. Our shoppers spend approximately 1.5 times⁵¹ more annually on groceries compared to the average grocery shopper with 2-4 times larger shopper baskets for cross-shopping households compared to perimeter only, according to management estimates. We are also able to deepen our assortment across the store by driving higher $SPP, which is beneficial to both us and our retail customers. Our $SPP continues to hold strong, with growth of 31% across the total U.S. MULO for the 52 weeks ended September 7, 2025. Our strategic retail customers on the leading edge of this strategy are seeing $SPP growth upwards of 50% to 80% over this same timeframe. In other words, each point of our ACV distribution for our leading U.S. retailers is worth 50% to 80% more today than it was just a year ago. In addition to driving foot traffic, according to management estimates, our consumers are digitally savvy with 35% of our retail sales being made online in 2024, which is 3 times more valuable to retailers than in-store according to 84.51° Stratum.

We are the #1 brand⁵² driving dollar growth for retailers in the categories we play in. In the Kid Yogurt section of the dairy category, our Pouches are among the primary catalysts driving accelerated total category growth, resulting in our leading retail customers’ Kid Yogurt categories growing on average approximately 10.3%⁵³ more than U.S. MULO. Due to our points of differentiation from the competition, we are 69% incremental to the Kid Yogurt category, according to management estimates, and 73% incremental to the Refrigerated Bar category⁵⁴. We also achieved the distinction of being the #1 velocity Baby & Toddler Snack brand in the United States⁵⁵, and when Dry Baby Snacks launched, according to management estimates, became 80% incremental to each of the Baby & Toddler Puffs, Melts, and Bars categories, with 50% of that from new to category households⁵⁶. Additionally, our Soft-Baked Bars that launched in 2024 are now the fastest growing brand driving segment growth in the Natural / Organic Breakfast Bar category where carried, according to management estimates.

Difficult to Replicate, Scaled, and Global Supply Chain Network

⁵⁰	2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics.

⁵¹	2025 Numerator, Shopper Comparison.

⁵²	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

⁵³	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 52-week period ended September 7, 2025.

⁵⁴	Numerator, Nine months post-June 2024 launch.

⁵⁵	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 12-week period ended September 7, 2025.

⁵⁶	Numerator, Six months post-March 2024 launch.

105

Mission-Driven Leadership Team With a Proven Track-Record, Developing a Best-in-Class Culture

Our Growth Strategies

Grow Brand Awareness To Drive Increased Household Penetration

106

compared to the average household penetration of our top 3 competitors, which include Gerber, GoGo squeeZ, and Stonyfield Baby/Kid, of 12.5%. This leaves us with significant room to deepen household penetration into the mid-teens or beyond, as we continue to grow brand awareness. Even while growing our penetration of households with kids by more than 50%, per the 2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics report, we maintained a high buy rate of $46.02⁵⁷ for the 12 months ending September 30, 2025.

We intend to continue to expand and extend the age distribution of our end consumers upwards to establish a comprehensive baby through big kid portfolio. We will leverage our highly disruptive baby portfolio as a critical entry point and further establish ourselves as a trusted ally for parents during the crucial early stages of their baby’s development. This provides us significant runway to leverage our broader product portfolio to meet the evolving nutritional needs of babies and kids.

Deepen and Expand Our Reach With Retailers

We have cultivated and continue to maintain strong and mutually beneficial relationships with our retail customers, who we believe are critical to our long-term growth strategy. We are prioritizing expanding our presence in retail locations and optimizing our distribution across all applicable stores. Our goal is to increase our distribution with current retailers by deepening our existing product assortment through increased SKU counts. As of September 7, 2025, we had 65% of ACV distribution in over 22,000 stores, across six product categories, with an average of more than 20 SKUs in each of our doors for the U.S. MULO⁵⁸, and leading retailers carrying upwards of 30-60 SKUs and growing. We believe there remains significant opportunity to continue driving retail sales growth through assortment expansion within existing categories as well as potential to extend across aisles and penetrate into new categories through our product innovations.

⁵⁷	2025 Numerator, Shopper Metrics.

⁵⁸	SPINS, U.S. MULO, for the 12-week period ended September 7, 2025.

107

with our retail customers. Our contribution averages between $3,000 and $8,000 per unit, depending on cooler size and retailer-specific arrangements, and is generally recorded as a component of slotting fees which we recognize as a reduction in net sales. Our capital-efficient cooler program continues to demonstrate strong in-store sales performance at the point of purchase. We have an annual run-rate of approximately $12,000 in-store retail sales per cooler based on our average for the 12 weeks ended September 7, 2025, according to management estimates. As we have accelerated our roll-out, we have also increased the productivity of our coolers and believe there are further productivity enhancement opportunities as we scale the program and optimize our cooler placement in stores, broaden our product assortment in each cooler, increase brand awareness, and bring additional innovation. We expect our continued cooler deployment into the baby aisle to drive growth to our dairy aisle assortment, as excitement about our brand and products crosses aisles. In addition, according to management estimates, our coolers contribute a 1.8 times lift to the basket size for the entire baby department. Due to the incrementality and uplift our coolers provide, retailers are eager to partner with us on this initiative. This enables us to grow our brand with balanced capital investments, while generating high return on investment and solidifying our position as the fresh baby category leader and a key long-term growth partner for retailers.

Continue Innovation-Led Category Disruption

Our belief in the high demand for nutritious and delicious foods for babies through kids is reinforced by the success of our core portfolio and our track-record of carefully expanding and enhancing our offerings. For example, we have introduced more than 40 new products from new product lines since 2023. These new products are also quickly gaining market share as evidenced by the top three performance of our Dry Baby Snack SKUs within 6 months after launching, according to SPINS, U.S. MULO data⁵⁹. As another example, our Immunity Blends have seen impressive success in driving trials and repeat purchasing. When a new Once Upon a Farm household purchases Immunity Blends in their first year, they boast higher purchase frequency and buy rate on our total brand, 69% higher than new-to-brand households purchasing our core Pouches, driving strong customer loyalty⁶⁰. Our strategic approach to product innovation also contributes to complementary performance of our products across aisles. According to management estimates regarding consumer purchasing behavior of our products, approximately 48% of households buying our Refrigerated Kid products cross-shop our products across additional categories where available, ultimately resulting in larger baskets, benefiting both our brand and our retail customers.

⁵⁹	Numerator, Six months post-March 2024 launch

⁶⁰	Numerator Analysis.

108

We have also developed a robust pipeline to serve key needs that we believe will make Once Upon a Farm a one-stop-shop for all things baby. We are confident that through innovation in new products, product line extensions, and packaging types, we will continue to drive meaningful growth for our Company.

Drive Sustained, Profitable Growth

Additionally, we have developed a scalable production platform with partners who understand and believe in our brand, share our commitment to quality, and have invested alongside us to support our growth. These investments in expanded capacity and operational efficiency have been integral to our margin expansion efforts, and we believe they will continue to be so in the future. With our extensive experience and expertise in manufacturing and procurement, developed in collaboration with our trusted partners, we believe we are well-positioned to consistently deliver the highest quality, premium products to our consumers while also ensuring profitability and sustainability for Once Upon a Farm.

We expect our highly disciplined financial model and leading gross margin profile to be significant drivers of value going forward.

Our Product Quality and Safety

We go to great lengths to ensure product quality, consistency, and safety from ingredient sourcing to finished product by enforcing strict supplier qualifications, audits, and thorough, regular testing of all raw materials and finished products. Through routine third-party testing and our conscious partnership with the Clean Label Project, we work to ensure our products meet rigorous standards and limitations for heavy metals, pesticides, and plasticizers. Additionally, a majority of our materials come from partnerships with trusted farmers that we source, who prioritize high-quality organic ingredients. We also work closely with our high-quality co-manufacturers and maintain strong oversight of the production of our products. We collaborate with highly skilled food safety and quality assurance personnel consisting of quality assurance supervisors, specialists, analysts, and quality technicians with significant experience in food production, including specialized processes like high, cold pressure processing. In addition, in late 2024, to prevent against any future potential product contaminations, we increased the frequency and breadth of our finished product testing, began utilizing high-pressure processing for certain of our frozen product lines as an additional precautionary measure, and implemented a more robust monitoring program to identify potential problems prior to our products reaching the shelf.

Our co-manufacturers’ production processes are built to meet validated, science-based food safety and quality standards, aligned with regulatory requirements and industry best practices. Each facility maintains detailed quality plans that outline procedures for monitoring critical control points, calibrating equipment, recording production and sanitation data, and executing corrective and preventive actions as needed. We implement a positive release

109

protocol whereby no finished product can be released for shipment until all required documentation, control point records, and, if required, laboratory test results have been reviewed and approved by appropriate quality assurance personnel. Prior to the start of production, quality assurance personnel perform pre-operational swabbing to verify that surfaces are free from potential environmental or allergen contaminants. We believe that these rigorous quality systems and preventive controls help ensure product integrity and support regulatory compliance.

Customers & Distributors

We market and sell our products throughout North America, generating the vast majority of our sales in the United States. We currently sell our products to end customers through retail channels, which include more than 20,000 traditional brick-and-mortar retail stores, e-commerce platforms, and delivery platforms, as well as directly to consumers through our DTC platform. Our retail customers include grocery stores, large national retailers and clubs, and natural and specialty food stores, and the e-commerce platforms that they operate. We believe there are attractive growth prospects for us across all of these channels as we continue increasing distribution and household penetration.

LOGO

Retail consumption sales to consumers represents retailers’ register scans and e-commerce sales. Such data is primarily obtained from third parties, other than the portion of e-commerce sales from our DTC platform. LTM Q3 2025A includes data for the twelve months preceding September 30, 2025.

110

Grocery: Our customers in this channel include large national retailers such as Kroger, Publix, Wegmans, Wakefern, and Albertsons/Safeway. For the 52 weeks ended September 30, 2025, grocery represented 32.0% of retail consumption sales.

Mass: Our customers in this channel include large national retailers such as Walmart and Target. For the 52 weeks ended September 30, 2025, mass represented 29.9% of retail consumption sales.

Club: Our customers in this channel include national retailers such as Costco, Sam’s Club, and BJ’s. For the 52 weeks ended September 30, 2025, club represented 11.7% of retail consumption sales.

Natural/Specialty: Our customers in this channel include large national retailers such as Whole Foods Market and Sprouts Farmers Market, as well as regional natural chains and independent natural foods cooperatives. For the 52 weeks ended September 30, 2025, natural/specialty represented 18.2% of retail consumption sales.

E-commerce: Our customers in this channel purchase our products online through our own DTC platform or through third-party e-commerce and delivery platforms such as Instacart, Amazon, and Thrive Market. For the 52 weeks ended September 30, 2025, e-commerce represented 8.2% of retail consumption sales.

We sell our products directly to retailers and through distributors. We use both an internal national sales force with national and regional account management as well as brokers to support our sales effort. A relatively limited number of customers account for a large percentage of our revenue. Four customers who purchase directly from us accounted for approximately 61% of our net sales for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—The loss of a significant customer, certain actions or requirements by a significant customer, or financial difficulties of a significant customer could adversely affect our results of operations.”

Raw Materials

We maintain a USDA Certified Organic Standard across our portfolio and aspire toward the highest standards in social responsibility for the materials we source. Raw materials used in our business consist of ingredients and packaging materials that we source primarily from suppliers in the United States, South/Central America, and Mexico. According to management estimates, approximately 40% of our ingredients are sourced from foreign suppliers, while approximately 98% of our packaging materials are sourced domestically. We have rigorous standards for food quality and safety to ensure responsible sourcing of our raw materials and packaging in accordance with these standards. According to management estimates, approximately 73.1% of our domestic ingredients are sourced from farms certified by EFI, which collaborates with produce growers to enhance transparency in the food chain, improve quality, and promote healthier workplaces by recognizing and honoring that the skills and contributions of farmworkers create healthier work environments and produce safer food. Our ingredients are generally available in adequate quantities from multiple suppliers.

Marketing & Advertising

Our marketing strategy is designed to solidify our brand’s positioning as a leading source of childhood nutrition with a deep connection to our consumers built on trust, quality, transparency, and authenticity. We use a multi-faceted, consumer-driven approach that spans social media, traditional marketing, and national media campaigns that are focused on driving consumer awareness and mental availability. We aim to not only increase brand awareness and household penetration but also to educate parents about our product offerings and the benefits of organic foods and snacks for children.

We engage and connect with consumers through our full-funnel, modern marketing initiatives. By creating authentic, peer-to-peer connections, we promote future sharing of our brand through word-of-mouth. This approach includes leveraging critical retail media networks, celebrity backing, influencer and ambassador

111

programs, high-frequency national media campaigns, engaging social media, impactful partnerships, and sponsorships and immersive in-store activations. We are confident that once consumers are introduced to our brand and our products, we can efficiently drive consideration and conversion from trials to repeat purchases, further fostering long-term loyalty.

Peer-to-peer marketing has become increasingly significant in how parents are introduced to our brand. According to an April 2020 study, among people purchasing Once Upon a Farm, 23% became aware of our brand through word-of-mouth⁶¹. This trend has only strengthened over time; a 2024 study found that word-of-mouth advocacy is now the number one way consumers discover our brand, with 34% of consumers learning about us through word-of-mouth⁶². Collectively across social media, Once Upon a Farm has an aggregate of approximately 829,000 followers and has consistent engagement with approximately 30 million impressions as of September 30, 2025.

Our in-store coolers also serve as local points of advertisement in retail stores through a “billboard effect” of branding on shelf. We currently have over 3,200 coolers in market, and we estimate that there is an opportunity to expand across North America into a footprint of more than 15,000 coolers in stores. The majority of our coolers are exclusive to our product.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our products compete with large conventional packaged foods companies as well as natural and organic packaged foods companies. Large conventional packaged foods competitors include Nestle S.A., Danone, General Mills, Inc., Mondelez International, Inc., and Lactalis. Natural and organic packaged foods competitors include The Hain Celestial Group, Inc., The Hero Group, Sun-Maid Growers of California, Serenity Kids, Cerebelly, Little Spoon, Clio, Mid-day Squares, Mooski, YUMI, and Little Bellies.

Some of our competitors enjoy significantly greater resources. Given the North American retail landscape is dominated by large retailers, with limited shelf space and a significant number of competing products, competitors actively support their brands through marketing, advertising, promotional spending, and discounting.

Competitive factors in the packaged foods industry include product quality and taste, brand awareness and loyalty, product variety, interesting or unique product names, product packaging and package design, shelf space, reputation, price, advertising, promotion, and nutritional claims. We believe that we currently compete effectively with respect to each of these factors.

Human Capital Resources

Attracting and retaining talent at all levels is vital to continuing our success. We promote the work-life balance of our employees, as we invest in our employees through high-quality benefits and various health and wellness initiatives. As of September 30, 2025, we had 144 employees, substantially all of whom work remotely on a permanent basis. We continue to believe this commitment to, and cultivation of, a remote workforce has enabled us to attract top talent across the country, and it has had a positive impact on employee retention and engagement. To further incentivize and engage our workforce, we provide our employees with competitive compensation. All of our full-time employees are eligible for health insurance, life insurance, paid parental leave, volunteer leave, 401(k) matching, incentive equity compensation, and technology and wellness stipends. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or by any collective bargaining arrangements with respect to their employment with us.

Our leadership team’s belief in our mission and shared values underpinning our organization has fostered a winning culture that prioritizes high-performance, excellence in execution, talent development, trust, and open

⁶¹	Hanover, Brand Tracker.

⁶²

GutCheck.

112

communication. We believe that the combination of the brand we’ve built, the confidence we have in our future growth, and the powerful attraction of our core mission has enabled us to attract best-in-class candidates across CPG and retain top talent, creating a deep bench of talent at all management levels. We further prioritize training and otherwise nurturing that talent as critical to our long-term success. We are proud of our high employee engagement scores and best-in-class retention statistics. Our culture is the glue that holds our organization together, and as a result, has made us a highly sought-after place to work. Our team is motivated by a shared goal: to sustainably nourish families for years to come. As just one example of this devotion, we proudly formed our A Million Meals program in partnership with the non-profit organization, Save the Children. Through this program, we have pledged to distribute 1,000,000 nutritious meals to children in food-insecure communities in the United States.

Seasonality

Historically, we have experienced greater revenue growth in the first and third fiscal quarters than in the second and fourth quarters, driven by dairy section category resets in the first quarter and customer merchandising and promotional activities around the spring season and back-to-school period in the third quarter. As a result, inventory levels and working capital requirements typically increase in the second and fourth quarters to support the anticipated higher sales in the following quarters. We expect this seasonal impact on revenue and working capital to continue. Accordingly, our results of operations for any particular quarter are not indicative of the results we expect for the full year.

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We believe that our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to the success of our business to date. In particular, we believe that our trademarks and service marks are important to our marketing efforts to develop brand recognition, differentiate our products from those of our competitors, and reinforce consumers’ favorable perception of our products. We own a number of trademarks and service marks that have been registered, or for which applications are pending, with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including, among others, Once Upon a Farm, A Better Story Starts Here, Tractor Wheels, Where Good Eaters Grow, and Farm-Fresh Taste Grows Here. Certain of our marks are also registered in foreign jurisdictions, including, among others, Canada, Mexico, the United Kingdom, and the European Union. We also own the Internet domain names uponafarm.com and onceuponafarmorganics.com, among others.

We are continually enhancing our proprietary formulas and refining processes across our products and manufacturing operations. Our competitive position relies on unpatented proprietary innovations, technical expertise, specialized know-how, recipes, formulations, and other trade secrets. These assets enable us to develop new products, improve operational efficiencies, and differentiate ourselves in the marketplace.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to, nor is our property currently subject to, any material legal proceedings other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, and we are not aware of any such proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Litigation and Regulation—From time to time, we may be subject to litigation, government investigations, or governmental proceedings, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.”

Government Regulation

Along with our co-packers, co-manufacturers, distributors, and suppliers, we are subject to extensive laws and regulations in the United States by federal, state, and local government authorities, including registration and licensing requirements for our facilities, enforcement of standards for our products and facilities by state and local health agencies, regulation of our trade practices in connection with selling our products, and all other matters that impact food safety regulation. In the United States, the federal agencies governing the manufacture, distribution and advertising of our products include, among others, the FDA, the USDA, the FTC, the Consumer

113

Product Safety Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and the Environmental Protection Agency. Under various statutes, these agencies, among other things, prescribe the requirements and establish the standards for quality and safety and regulate our marketing and advertising to consumers.

Certain of these agencies, in certain circumstances, must not only approve our products, but also review the manufacturing processes and facilities used to produce these products before they can be marketed in the United States. Among other things, the facilities in which our products are manufactured or processed must register with the FDA and/or the USDA, comply with current good manufacturing practices and comply with a range of food safety and labeling requirements established by the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act of 1938, as amended by the Food Safety Modernization Act of 2011 (“FSMA”), the Organic Foods Production Act of 1990, and the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, among other laws implemented by the FDA, the USDA, and other regulators. The FDA and the USDA have the authority to inspect these facilities depending on the type of product involved. Relatedly, we are subject to governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety and the sale, packaging, and marketing of natural and organic products. For example, “Proposition 65, the Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986,” in California exposes all food companies to the possibility of having to provide warnings on their products in that state. As a baby food company, we are also subject to Assembly Bill 899 in California, which requires manufacturers of baby food to (i) test and disclose the levels of four toxic elements (arsenic, cadmium, lead, and mercury) that may be present in baby food and (ii) meet particular labeling requirements.

Additionally, we are subject to requirements under FSMA’s foreign supplier verification program and import tariffs, bond and other requirements by U.S. Customs and Border Protection for supply for certain of our ingredients, which we may import from South and Central America and Mexico, among other regions outside of the United States. The FDA and the USDA also require that certain nutrition and product information appear on our product labels and, more generally, that our labels and labeling be truthful and non-misleading. Similarly, the FTC requires that our marketing and advertising be truthful, non-misleading, and not deceptive to consumers. We are also restricted from making certain types of claims about our products, including nutrient content claims, health claims, organic claims, and claims regarding the effects of our products on any structure or function of the body, whether express or implied, unless we satisfy certain regulatory requirements. Internationally, we are subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the foreign jurisdictions in which we manufacture and sell our products, including the Canadian Food Inspection Agency.

We are also subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations. Our operations, and those of our co-manufacturers, co-packers, distributors, and suppliers, are subject to various laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety matters. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

Public Benefit Corporation Status

Under Delaware law, a public benefit corporation is required to identify in its certificate of incorporation the public benefit or benefits it will promote and its directors have a duty to manage the affairs of the corporation in a manner that balances the pecuniary interests of the corporation’s stockholders, the best interests of those materially affected by the corporation’s conduct, and the specific public benefit or public benefits identified in the public benefit corporation’s certificate of incorporation. Public benefit corporations organized in Delaware are also required to assess their benefit performance internally and to deliver a report to stockholders at least biennially, detailing their success in meeting their benefit objectives.

114

As provided in our certificate of incorporation, the public benefits that we promote, and pursuant to which we manage our Company, are: (i) driving improvements in childhood nutrition for a healthier and happier planet; (ii) committing to a portfolio of products and an innovation pipeline that leads in how it approaches access, nutrient excellence, and changing the fresh snacking marketplace; (iii) working across our industry on recyclability initiatives and investing in renewable energy sources while continuing to implement improved sustainability measures across its organization; and (iv) supporting and championing farmers, organic foods, sustainable agriculture, and community engagement. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Public Benefit Corporation Status” for additional information.

115

LOGO

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers, directors and director nominee as of the date of this prospectus:


Name		Title
Executive Officers
John Foraker		Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder and Chair
Lawrence Waldman		President and Chief Financial Officer

Other Key Team Members and Directors
Cassandra Curtis		Director, Co-Founder & Chief Innovation Officer
Jennifer Garner		Director, Co-Founder & Farmer Jen

Non-Employee Directors and Director Nominee
Dara Bazzano		Director
Megan Bent		Director
Jared Jacobs		Director
Lawrence Peiros		Director
Brett Thomas		Director
Walter Robb		Director Nominee

Executive Officers

John Foraker (age 62) has served on our board of directors and as our Chief Executive Officer since becoming a Co-Founder of the Company in September 2017. Prior to that, from 2003 to 2014, Mr. Foraker served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of Annie’s, Inc., a leading natural & organic food brand, playing a pivotal role in taking the company public in 2012 just prior to the company’s buyout by General Mills, Inc. (NYSE: GIS), a leading global manufacturer and marketer of branded consumer foods, in October 2014. From 2014 to September 2017, Mr. Foraker served as President of the Annie’s Operating Unit at General Mills and was a member of the General Mills North American leadership team. Mr. Foraker was awarded EY Entrepreneur of the Year 2015 in Northern California, recognizing his entrepreneurial excellence in the retail and consumer products category. Prior to his tenure at Annie’s, Mr. Foraker served as Vice President at Bank of America, overseeing commercial banking client relationship management in the bank’s premium wine business portfolio. Mr. Foraker has a BS in Agricultural Economics from UC Davis and an MBA from UC Berkeley. We believe that Mr. Foraker is qualified to serve as a director given his experience as a leading authority in the organic and natural foods industry and his daily insight into the daily affairs of the Company as our Chief Executive Officer.

Lawrence Waldman (age 66) is President and Chief Financial Officer at the Company, where he has been a key driver behind the Company’s rapid growth since joining the Company in 2017. Mr. Waldman also served as Chief Operating Officer until 2025, when the position was merged into the role of President. In these capacities, Mr. Waldman has overseen finance, operations, and supply chain through a period of significant expansion and innovation. Mr. Waldman has more than three decades of leadership experience in the natural and organic consumer packaged goods space, holding executive roles at brands including Annie’s, Inc., Juicero, Kinder’s, ALOHA, and Columbus Foods. As Senior Vice President of Supply Chain and Finance, he played a pivotal role in successfully taking Annie’s public and has a proven track record of scaling mission-driven businesses. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Waldman was an Operating Partner at Ignite Farm, a venture platform supporting emerging food and digital brands. He also served on the board of directors at Philadelphia Macaroni Company from 2022 to 2024. Mr. Waldman holds both a BS in Accounting and an MBA from the University of Kentucky.

118

Other Key Team Members and Directors

Cassandra Curtis (age 44) co-founded the Company in 2015 and has served as our Chief Innovation Officer and on our board of directors since 2017. As a certified Integrative Nutrition Coach, Ms. Curtis has an extensive background in the health and wellness spheres, and her first venture into baby food was as the Founder, Chief Executive Officer, and President of Mother’s Garden, Inc., a high-pressure processing baby food company. Prior to that, Ms. Curtis led other startups in the San Diego, California area, primarily focusing on product development and operations in the health and wellness and consumer packaged goods categories. Ms. Curtis has a BS in Psychology from Alliant International University and an MS in Marriage and Family Therapy/Counseling from Alliant International University. We believe that Ms. Curtis is qualified to serve as a director given her knowledge and significant experience in product development and children nutrition.

Jennifer Garner (age 53) is one of our co-founders and has served as Farmer Jen and on our board of directors since September 2017. Ms. Garner is a globally recognized and influential business leader, entrepreneur, philanthropist, activist, and award-winning actress. Ms. Garner develops, produces, and stars in all forms of entertainment content. Ms. Garner serves as a Trustee and artist ambassador for Save the Children, a global non-profit that offers programs to address children’s unique needs, giving them a healthy start in life, the opportunity to learn, and protection from harm. The Company and Save the Children are partners in the “A Million Meals” program, which is dedicated to helping provide 1,000,000 meals to children in food-insecure communities in America. Ms. Garner is part of the ownership group of Angel City FC of the National Women’s Soccer League. She also maintains several brand partnerships, including a partnership with Capital One, KitchenAid and Neutrogena. Ms. Garner graduated from Denison University in 1994 with a Bachelor of Fine Arts in theatre performance. We believe that Ms. Garner is qualified to serve as a director given her knowledge and insights in co-founding our Company in addition to her strong brand advocacy and efforts to further our mission.

Non-Employee Directors and Director Nominee

Dara Bazzano (age 57) has served on our board of directors since July 2025. Since June 2025, Ms. Bazzano has been the California Market Lead and San Francisco Office Managing Partner at CrossCountry Consulting, a business consulting firm. Prior to joining CrossCountry Consulting, Ms. Bazzano served as Chief Accounting Officer and Senior Vice President of Finance at T-Mobile (NASDAQ: TMUS), an international telecommunications company, from July 2020 to June 2025, where she oversaw approximately 400 employees across corporate accounting, finance technology, and governance and reporting. Ms. Bazzano served as Senior Vice President of Global Finance at CBRE (NYSE: CBRE), an international commercial real estate firm, from April 2018 to July 2020, and as Chief Accounting Officer at CBRE from May 2018 to July 2020. Prior to that, she served as Vice President, Corporate Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer at Gap Inc. (NYSE: GAP), an international apparel and accessories retailer, from July 2013 to April 2018, and served in Assurance Partner roles at PwC from 2011 to 2013, and KPMG from 2000 to 2011, in each case in the consumer, retail, and technology industries. Ms. Bazzano currently serves on the board of directors of Self Financial, Inc. and Lulu’s Fashion Lounge (NASDAQ: LVLU). She has a BS from California State University, Sacramento. We believe Ms. Bazzano is qualified to serve as a director given her extensive experience in corporate accounting, financial management, SEC reporting, enterprise governance, information technology, and risk management.

Megan Bent (age 41) has served on our board of directors since January 2017. Since June 2016, Ms. Bent has been the Founder and Managing Partner of Harbinger Ventures, a growth-equity investment firm. In this role, she is responsible for leading investments in primarily “better-for-you,” high-growth consumer packaged goods brands and runs the operations of the firm and related funds. Prior to founding Harbinger, Ms. Bent served as Managing Director of Revelry Brands, a family office investment fund in Boulder, Colorado focused on making minority and majority investments in high-growth consumer brands, from August 2009 to June 2018. Prior to that, Ms. Bent began her career in private equity and consumer brands at the Parthenon Group (now EY-Parthenon) from September 2007 to August 2009. Ms. Bent currently serves on the board of directors of Miss Jones Baking Co, Cora, vitruvi, Kinship, Formula Fig, and House Autry. She is an Observer on the board of 4th & Heart. Ms. Bent has a BA in Psychology and a BA in Spanish from Georgetown University where she

119

graduated Magna Cum Laude. We believe that Ms. Bent is qualified to serve as a director given her extensive experience in identifying and scaling high-growth, early-stage companies in the consumer sector.

Jared Jacobs (age 35) has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2018. Mr. Jacobs is a Partner at CAVU Consumer Partners, a consumer-focused investment firm specializing in “better-for-you” branded consumer products across Food & Beverage, Beauty & Personal Care, Pet, and Wellness. He joined CAVU in 2017 as one of the firm’s first investment professionals. Prior to joining CAVU, Mr. Jacobs was a member of the private equity team at AEA Investors, where he focused on investments in the Consumer and Retail sectors. He began his career as an investment banker in the Mergers and Acquisitions group at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Jacobs currently serves on the board of directors of Beekeeper’s Naturals, Native Pet, Sauz, Gymkhana Fine Foods, and Recess. Mr. Jacobs holds a B.B.A. with high distinction from the Stephen M. Ross School of Business at the University of Michigan. We believe Mr. Jacobs is qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive experience investing in, scaling, and advising high-growth consumer businesses.

Brett Thomas (age 46) has served on our board of directors since February 2018. Mr. Thomas co-founded CAVU Consumer Partners in 2015, a consumer-focused investment firm with a focus on “better-for-you” branded consumer products across Food & Beverage, Beauty & Personal Care, Pet, and Wellness, and has since served as its Co-Founder and Managing Partner. Before entering into the consumer investing space, Mr. Thomas worked at Scout Capital Management, a long-short hedge fund, from 2004 to 2009. Mr. Thomas is currently a Board Observer for The Farmer’s Dog and serves on the board of directors of Recess, WhistlePig, and Made by Nacho. Mr. Thomas has also served on the board of directors for One Brands, OSEA, Nulo, Kettle & Fire, Vital Proteins, Native Pet, Hippeas, and was a Board Observer for Health-Ade. Mr. Thomas has a BS in Finance from Boston College. We believe that Mr. Thomas is qualified to serve as a director given his industry experience in the “better-for-you” category and overall knowledge of our business.

Lawrence Peiros (age 70) has served on our board of directors since 2018. From 1981 until 2013, Mr. Peiros was employed by The Clorox Company (NYSE: CLX), a global consumer packaged goods company. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Clorox from 2007 until his retirement in 2013. Previously, he served as Group Vice President of Clorox, a position he held from 1999 to 2007. Mr. Peiros also served as a director of Annie’s, Inc., a publicly traded natural food company from 2013 until it was acquired by General Mills in 2014. He also served as a director of Ross Stores, Inc. (NASDAQ: ROST), a clothing retailer, from 2013 to 2019. He has been a director of the PotlatchDeltic Corporation (NASDAQ: PCH), a publicly traded timberland real estate investment trust, since 2003 and currently serves as the Lead Director. Mr. Peiros has a BA in English from Dartmouth College and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe that Mr. Peiros is qualified to serve on our board given his experience as a public company executive and board member as well as his knowledge of the consumer products industry.

Walter Robb (age 72) will serve on our board of directors upon completion of this offering. Mr. Robb joined Whole Foods Market, a national grocer specializing in natural and organic products, in 1991 operating the Mill Valley, California store until he became President of the Northern Pacific Region in 1993 where he grew the region from three to 14 stores, including expansion into Oregon and Washington. He became Executive Vice President of Operations in 2000, Co-President in 2004, and Co-Chief Executive Officer in 2010, which he served as until 2016. From 2018 to 2022, Mr. Robb served as a Senior Advisor at TPG Rise Fund. Mr. Robb is an Operating Partner of S2G Investments and serves on the board of directors of private companies Union Square Hospitality Group, Apeel Sciences, Hungry, Soli Organics, Just Iced Tea, and Big Bold Health. In addition, Mr. Robb founded Stonewall Robb Advisors in 2016 where he serves as a Principal. Mr. Robb previously served on the board of directors of The Container Store from 2014 to 2020 and Tilray Brands (NASDAQ: TLRY) from 2019 to 2022. Mr. Robb has a BS in Humanities from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Robb is qualified to serve as a director given his extensive executive leadership experience in the food and retail industries, his proven track record of driving growth and innovation, and his deep commitment to social impact and sustainability initiatives.

120

Board Composition and Risk Management Practices

Board Composition

After the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be comprised of nine directors, subject to the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Specifically, our certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may not be changed without resolution of our board of directors or without the prior written approval of CAVU, for so long as CAVU holds director nomination rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement” for more details with respect to the director nomination rights.

Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our Class I directors will be Ms. Bazzano, Ms. Bent and Ms. Curtis and will serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, our Class II directors will be Mr. Jacobs, Mr. Thomas and Mr. Robb and will serve until the second annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, and our Class III directors will be Mr. Foraker, Ms. Garner and Mr. Peiros and will serve until the third annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that each of our directors will serve in the classes as indicated above.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of us.

There are no family relationships between or among any of our executive officers or directors.

Board Leadership

Our board of directors has no policy with respect to the separation of the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Chair of the board of directors. It is our board of directors’ view that rather than having a rigid policy, our board of directors should determine, as and when appropriate upon consideration of all relevant factors and circumstances, whether the two offices should be separate.

Currently, our leadership structure combines the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Chair of the board of directors. We believe this is appropriate as our current Chief Executive Officer possesses in-depth knowledge of the Company, its operations, and the challenges and opportunities of a consumer-packaged goods company. This knowledge was gained through many years of successful experience in senior positions. The board of directors believes that these experiences and other insights put the Chief Executive Officer in the best position to provide broad leadership for the board of directors as it considers strategy and exercises its fiduciary responsibilities to stockholders.

Board’s Role in Risk Management

Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of the risks facing our Company, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our board of directors regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity, and operations, as well as the risks associated therewith. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our compensation committee will be responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. Effective upon consummation of this offering, our audit committee will oversee management of financial risks and cybersecurity risks. While each committee will be responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our full board of directors plans to keep itself regularly informed regarding such risks through committee reports and otherwise. We believe that the leadership structure of our board of directors provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities.

121

Director Independence

Pursuant to the corporate governance standards of NYSE, a director employed by us cannot be deemed an “independent director,” and each other director will qualify as “independent” only if our board of directors affirmatively determines that he has no material relationship with us, either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us. The fact that a director may own our capital stock is not, by itself, considered a material relationship. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, we anticipate that, prior to our completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine that each of Ms. Bazzano, Ms. Bent, Mr. Jacobs, Mr. Peiros, Mr. Robb, and Mr. Thomas are independent in accordance with the NYSE rules.

Board Committees

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.

Audit Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, the audit committee will consist of three directors:

Ms. Bazzano (chair of the committee), Ms. Bent, and Mr. Jacobs.

We anticipate that, prior to our completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine that Ms. Bazzano, Ms. Bent, and Mr. Jacobs each satisfy the independence requirements for audit committee members under the listing standards of NYSE and, with respect to Ms. Bazzano and Ms. Bent, Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. We also anticipate that, prior to our completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine Ms. Bazzano to be an audit committee “financial expert” as defined under SEC rules. All members of the audit committee are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, are familiar with finance and accounting practices and principles and are financially literate.

The purpose of the audit committee is to assist our board of directors in overseeing (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and (4) the performance of the independent auditors and our internal audit function. The audit committee also prepares the audit committee report as required by the SEC for inclusion in our annual proxy statement.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee which will take effect upon the completion of this offering and which satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of NYSE. This charter will be posted on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee will consist of three directors:

Mr. Peiros (chair of the committee), Mr. Robb, and Mr. Thomas.

The purpose of the compensation committee is to assist our board of directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) setting our compensation program and compensation of our executive officers and directors, (2) monitoring our incentive and equity-based compensation plans, and (3) preparing the compensation committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee which will take effect upon the completion of this offering and which satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of NYSE. This charter will be posted on our website upon the completion of this offering.

122

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of three directors:

Mr. Peiros (chair of the committee), Ms. Bent, and Mr. Robb.

The purpose of the nominating and corporate governance committee is to assist our board of directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) identifying individuals qualified to become new board of directors members, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors, subject to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, (2) reviewing the qualifications of incumbent directors to determine whether to recommend them for reelection and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders, (3) identifying board of directors members qualified to fill vacancies on our board of directors or any board of directors committee and recommending that our board of directors appoint the identified member or members to our board of directors or the applicable committee, subject to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, (4) reviewing and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance principles applicable to us, (5) overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management, (6) oversee our strategy on corporate social responsibility and sustainability, and (7) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the committee by our board of directors from time to time.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee which will take effect upon the completion of this offering and which satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of NYSE. This charter will be posted on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. None of the members of the compensation committee is, nor has ever been, an officer or employee of our Company.

Code of Ethics

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a Code of Ethics for Senior Officers applicable to our Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers. In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a Code of Conduct and Ethics for all officers, directors, and employees. Our Code of Ethics for Senior Officers and Code of Conduct and Ethics will be posted on our website at www.onceuponafarmorganics.com on the Corporate Governance page of the Investor Relations section of the website. The information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our Code of Ethics for Senior Officers, or waivers of such provisions applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or other persons performing similar functions on our website.

123

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

As an “emerging growth company,” we are required to provide a Summary Compensation Table and an Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table, as well as limited narrative disclosures regarding executive compensation for 2024 and 2025. Further, our reporting obligations extend only to our “Named Executive Officers,” who are the individuals who served as principal executive officer and up to two of our next most highly compensated executive officers as of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025. We only had one executive officer other than our principal executive officer in 2024 and 2025; accordingly, our “Named Executive Officers” are:


Name		Principal Position
John Foraker		Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer
Lawrence Waldman		President and Chief Financial Officer

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our Named Executive Officers in 2024 and 2025.


Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)(2)		Option Awards ($)(3)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(4)		All Other Compensation ($)(5)		Total ($)
John Foraker
Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer⁽¹⁾		2025		386,823		2,956,055		—		—		3,342,878
		2024		375,557		—		172,797		—		548,354
Lawrence Waldman
President and Chief Financial Officer		2025		388,514		1,543,843		—		12,467		1,944,824
		2024		359,461		—		165,391		12,253		537,105

⁽¹⁾	Mr. Foraker also served as a member of our board of directors in 2024 and 2025; however, he did not receive any compensation for his service as a director.

⁽²⁾	Amounts in this column reflect the base salary earned by each Named Executive Officer in 2024 and 2025.

⁽³⁾

Amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the stock options and stock appreciation rights granted in 2025 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The fair value of each stock option and stock appreciation right award is determined on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model. For more information regarding the assumptions used in this calculation, see Note 12 to the audited financial statements included in this prospectus.

⁽⁴⁾

With respect to 2024, amounts in this column reflect the annual performance-based cash bonuses earned by each Named Executive Officer in 2024 and paid in 2025. With respect to 2025, the amount of annual performance-based cash bonuses earned for the Named Executive Officer is not yet calculable. The Company expects that the amount of annual performance-based cash bonuses earned for the Named Executive Officers will be calculable on or about March 1, 2026.

⁽⁵⁾	Amount in this column reflects 401(k) matching contributions with respect to Mr. Waldman in 2024 and 2025.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Agreements with Named Executive Officers

On August 14, 2017, we entered into an employment letter agreement with John Foraker to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. The employment letter agreement does not have a fixed term and provides for an initial annual base salary of $225,000, as well as eligibility for Mr. Foraker to earn an annual discretionary cash bonus with a target bonus opportunity equal to 50% of base salary.

If we terminate Mr. Foraker’s employment without cause, subject to his timely executing and not revoking a release of claims in our favor and his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants discussed below, Mr. Foraker is entitled to receive continued base salary for six months.

124

Our Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicitation, and Non-Compete Agreement with Mr. Foraker provides for the following restrictive covenants: (i) non-competition, and non-solicitation of customers or clients, in each case, during employment and for a period when Mr. Foraker is receiving compensation from us (including the severance payments described above), (ii) non-recruiting of employees, customers, clients, or management during employment and for two years following termination, (iii) perpetual non-disclosure of confidential information, and (iv) assignment of intellectual property. Mr. Foraker’s employment letter agreement also provides for a perpetual non-disparagement covenant.

Our Non-Disclosure and Intellectual Property Rights Agreement with Mr. Waldman provides for the following restrictive covenants: (i) perpetual non-disclosure of confidential information, (ii) assignment of inventions, and (iii) non-competition, and non-solicitation of customers or clients, in each case, during employment and for one year following termination.

Annual Bonus

In 2024 and 2025, each of Messrs. Foraker and Waldman was eligible to receive an annual bonus. For 2024 and 2025, the target bonus amount, expressed as a percentage of base salary, for each of Messrs. Foraker and Waldman was 50%.

Annual bonuses for 2024 and 2025 for our Named Executive Officers were based on the attainment of certain performance goals as determined by our board of directors. The performance goals for 2024 and 2025 related to, among other metrics, our level of achievement of adjusted net sales and EBITDA goals in 2024 and 2025, respectively, and our bonuses were subject to a bonus modifier based on the implied growth of net sales and EBITDA compared to 2023 (for the 2024 annual bonuses) or the annual operating plan targets (for the 2025 annual bonuses).

Equity Incentive Compensation

From time to time, we have granted equity awards in the form of stock options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) to our Named Executive Officers, which are subject to vesting based on the holder’s continued service with us. Our stock options generally allow employees to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors. Our stock options typically vest over a period ranging from two to four years, subject to the holder’s continued service with us. Our SAR awards generally vest over a three-year period, subject to the holder’s continued service with us.

Each of our Named Executive Officers currently holds outstanding stock options to purchase shares of our common stock that were granted under our 2021 Plan, as set forth in the in the section entitled “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2025 Year-End” below. The options we grant to employees are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” to the extent permitted under the Code.

125

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2025 Fiscal Year-End

The following table reflects information regarding outstanding equity-based awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2025.


	Option Awards
Name	Grant Date			Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable		Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date
John Foraker		05/23/2023	⁽¹⁾		349,166		191,488	$	4.12		05/22/2033
John Foraker		03/01/2025	⁽¹⁾		53,781		233,114	$	8.75		02/28/2035

Lawrence Waldman		05/12/2021			10,995		—	$	1.45		03/15/2031
		05/12/2021			9,705		—	$	1.45		03/15/2031
		05/12/2021			114,986		—	$	1.45		03/15/2031
		05/12/2021			59,709		—	$	1.45		03/15/2031
		05/12/2021	⁽²⁾		93,500		—	$	1.45		05/12/2031
		05/19/2022	⁽²⁾		75,379		8,771	$	3.85		05/18/2032
		05/23/2023	⁽²⁾		84,524		46,376	$	4.12		05/22/2033
		03/01/2025	⁽³⁾		17,914		77,717	$	8.75		02/28/2035
		03/01/2025	⁽⁴⁾		—		93,500	$	19.58		02/28/2028

⁽¹⁾	The option award vests as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Foraker’s continued service with us.

⁽²⁾	The option award vests as to 1/4th of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Waldman’s continued service with us.

⁽³⁾	The option award vests as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Waldman’s continued service with us.

⁽⁴⁾	The SAR award vests as to 1/3rd of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36th of the total award on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Waldman’s continued service with us.

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Employee and Retirement Benefits

We currently provide broad-based health and welfare benefits, including health, life, vision, and dental insurance to our full-time employees, including our Named Executive Officers. In addition, we currently make available a 401(k) retirement plan that allows employees (including our Named Executive Officers) to elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis to the plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. We match 100% of elective deferrals up to a maximum per participant per calendar year equal to 4% of the participant’s eligible compensation. Matching contributions to our 401(k) plan are not subject to vesting requirements. All contributions under our 401(k) plan are subject to certain annual dollar limitations in accordance with applicable laws, which are periodically adjusted for changes in the cost of living. Other than the 401(k) plan, we do not provide any qualified or non-qualified retirement or deferred compensation benefits to our employees, including our Named Executive Officers.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

In addition to the severance benefits described above in the section entitled “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Agreements with Named Executive Officers,” our Named Executive Officers are entitled to accelerated vesting under their 2025 equity award agreements with us upon a qualifying termination of employment or change in control as described below.

126

2025 Stock Options

If our Named Executive Officers incur a termination of employment by us without cause, or if they resign from employment for Good Reason (as defined below), in each case, within 120 days prior to or one year following a Change in Control (as defined below), their 2025 stock option award will vest in full in respect of all unvested shares as of such termination date.

2025 SAR Award

Upon a Change in Control that occurs prior to this offering, Mr. Waldman’s 2025 SAR award will vest in full, subject to Mr. Waldman’s continued employment through the date of such Change in Control.

Definitions

The definitions applicable to the applicable award agreements for the 2025 stock options and Mr. Waldman’s SAR award are included below.

“Change in Control” means any of the following transactions, provided, however, that our board of directors shall determine under parts (iv) and (v) whether multiple transactions are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive: (i) a merger or consolidation in which we are not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state in which we are incorporated; (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; (iii) our complete liquidation or dissolution; (iv) any reverse merger or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse merger (including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse merger) in which we are the surviving entity but (A) the shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such merger are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (B) in which securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such merger or the initial transaction culminating in such merger; or (v) acquisition in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons (other than us or by one of our sponsored employee benefit plan or a related entity) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities.

“Good Reason” means, with respect to the termination of service by our Named Executive Officer, that such termination is for “Good Reason” as such term (or word of like import) is expressly defined in a then-effective written agreement between our Named Executive Officer and us or a related entity, or in the absence of such then-effective written agreement and definition, means the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions unless consented to by our Named Executive Officer (and our Named Executive Officer shall be deemed to have consented to any such event or condition unless he provides written notice of his non-acquiescence within 30 days of the effective time of such event or condition): (i) a change in our Named Executive Officer’s responsibilities or duties which represents a material and substantial diminution in his responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction in our Named Executive Officer’s base salary; provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of substantially all other individuals in positions similar to his by the same percentage amount shall not constitute such a salary reduction; or (iii) requiring our Named Executive Officer to be based at any place outside a 50 mile radius from his job location or residence except for reasonably required travel on business.

Director Compensation

We did not pay any of directors for service on our board of directors in 2025 and other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any

127

equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to, any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors in 2025 for providing services as non-employee directors.


Name (1)	All Other Compensation ($)	Total ($)
Cassandra Curtis	$833,955⁽²⁾	$833,955

⁽¹⁾

As of December 31, 2025, Ms. Eschmeyer (a member of our board of directors during 2025) held 58,774 stock options and Mr. Peiros held 6,937 stock options. These options were granted prior to 2025 as compensation for their service on our board of directors. See section entitled “Principal and Selling Stockholders” below for details on the number of shares of common stock held by each of our directors prior to this offering.

⁽²⁾

Ms. Curtis is an employee (but not an executive officer). She did not receive any compensation for her service as a director and the amounts provided in this table represent the compensation earned in 2025 solely in her capacity as an employee of the Company. Amounts in this column reflect an annual base salary of $273,369 and the grant of stock options and SARs in 2025, which were granted in her employee capacity, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The fair value of each stock option and stock appreciation right award is determined on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model. For more information regarding the assumptions used in this calculation, see Note 12 to the audited financial statements included in this prospectus. Additionally, as of December 31, 2025, Ms. Curtis held 37,400 SARs and 170,487 stock options. Ms. Curtis also earned an annual performance-based cash bonus in 2025 that is not yet calculable. The Company expects that the amount of such annual performance-based cash bonus will be calculable on or about March 1, 2026.

Narrative Disclosure to Director Compensation Table

Spokesperson Agreement with Jennifer Garner

On November 15, 2022, we entered into the Spokesperson Agreement with Jennifer Garner to serve as our Co-Founder and Farmer Jen. The Spokesperson Agreement has a service term beginning November 15, 2022 and ending on December 15, 2028. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with Jennifer Garner.”

Ms. Garner received two stock option grants under the Spokesperson Agreement, each of which vests in 48 equal monthly installments, subject to Ms. Garner’s continuous service with us. The stock options will vest in full based on their terms and conditions upon the closing of this offering.

Additionally, Ms. Garner is eligible to receive the following cash compensation under the Spokesperson Agreement: (i) $1 million, which was paid on January 31, 2025, (ii) $2 million, to be paid on January 31, 2026, (iii) $2 million, to be paid on January 31, 2027, and (iv) $3 million, to be paid on January 31, 2028, and payment of any remaining portion of such compensation will be accelerated upon the date the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part becomes effective. Additionally, in connection with this offering, Ms. Garner is eligible to receive a cash bonus that is tied to our initial public offering price. As of the date of this filing, the amount of this cash bonus is not yet known. All the compensation under the Spokesperson Agreement is directly tied to Ms. Garner’s service as our Co-Founder and Farmer Jen, and not to her service on our board of directors.

New Director Compensation Program

After the completion of this offering, our directors who are not also employees or consultants of the Company (our “non-employee directors”) will be eligible to receive compensation for their service on our board of directors consisting of an annual cash retainer and grant of time-vesting RSUs pursuant to the 2026 Omnibus Plan. Each nonemployee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $50,000, paid in four equal quarterly installments and prorated for any partial year of service on our board of directors with additional annual cash retainers of $15,000 for the chair of the audit committee, $10,000 for the chair of the compensation committee and $8,000 for the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, we expect that our non-employee directors will receive an annual grant of RSUs with an aggregate grant date value of $110,000. Such RSUs will vest on the earlier of (i) the date of the first annual meeting following the grant date and (ii) the one-year anniversary of the grant date, in each case, subject to the non-employee director’s continued service on the board of directors through the applicable vesting date.

128

Our directors will be reimbursed for travel, food, lodging and other expenses directly related to their activities as directors. Our directors are also entitled to the protection provided by the indemnification provisions in our bylaws. Our board of directors may revise the compensation arrangements for our directors from time to time.

Actions Taken in Connection with this Offering

2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In order to incentivize our employees following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our board of directors will adopt the 2026 Omnibus Plan for eligible employees, consultants, and directors prior to the completion of this offering. Our Named Executive Officers will be eligible to participate in the 2026 Omnibus Plan, which we expect will become effective upon the pricing of this offering. We anticipate that the 2026 Omnibus Plan will provide for the grant of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, cash awards, and substitute awards intended to align the interests of service providers, including our Named Executive Officers, with those of our stockholders.

Securities to be Offered

Subject to adjustment in the event of certain transactions or changes of capitalization in accordance with the 2026 Omnibus Plan, a number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering (on a fully diluted basis) (the “Share Reserve”) will be reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2026 Omnibus Plan. The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan will be increased annually on January 1 of each fiscal year beginning in 2027 and ending and including January 1, 2036, by the lesser of (i) 5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock, outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) the number of shares of common stock as is determined by our board of directors. Shares of common stock subject to an award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares and shares withheld to pay the exercise price of, or to satisfy the withholding obligations with respect to, an award will again be available for delivery pursuant to other awards under the 2026 Omnibus Plan.

Administration

The 2026 Omnibus Plan will be administered by a committee of our board of directors (the “Committee”), except to the extent our board of directors does not duly authorize such Committee to administer the 2026 Omnibus Plan and in which case our board of directors will serve as the administrator. The Committee has broad discretion to administer the 2026 Omnibus Plan, including the power to determine the eligible individuals to whom awards will be granted, the number and type of awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of awards. The Committee may also accelerate the vesting or exercise of any award and make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2026 Omnibus Plan. To the extent the 2026 Omnibus Plan administrator is not the Committee, our board of directors will retain the authority to take all actions permitted by the administrator under the 2026 Omnibus Plan. Additionally, our board of directors retains the right to exercise the authority of the Committee to the extent consistent with applicable law.

Eligibility

Our employees, consultants and non-employee directors, and employees and consultants of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2026 Omnibus Plan.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limits

Under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, in a single fiscal year, a non-employee director may not be granted awards for such individual’s service on our board of directors having a value, taken together with any cash fees paid to

129

such non-employee director, in excess of $750,000 (except that for any year in which a non-employee director (i) first commences service on our board of directors, (ii) serves on a special committee of our board of directors or (iii) serves as lead director or non-executive chair of our board of directors, such limit will be increased to $1,000,000). Such limits will not be applied to awards or other compensation, if any, provided to a non-employee director during any period in which such individual was an employee of the Company or any Affiliate or was otherwise providing services to the Company or to any Affiliate other than in the capacity as a non-employee director.

Types of Awards

Stock Options. We may grant stock options to eligible persons, except that incentive stock options may only be granted to persons who are our employees or employees of one of our subsidiaries, in accordance with Section 422 of the Code. The exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date on which the stock option is granted and the stock option must not be exercisable for longer than 10 years following the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our equity securities, the exercise price of the option must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the option must not be exercisable more than five years from the date of grant.

Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right (“SAR”) is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR. The grant price of a SAR generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date on which the SAR is granted. The term of a SAR may not exceed 10 years. SARs may be granted in connection with, or independent of, other awards. The Committee has the discretion to determine other terms and conditions of a SAR award.

Restricted Stock Awards. A restricted stock award is a grant of shares of common stock subject to the restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture imposed by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement, the holder of a restricted stock award has rights as a stockholder, including the right to vote the shares of common stock subject to the restricted stock award or to receive dividends on the shares of common stock subject to the restricted stock award during the restriction period. In the discretion of the Committee or as set forth in the applicable award agreement, dividends distributed prior to vesting may be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the restricted stock with respect to which the distribution was made.

Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit is a right to receive cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock at the end of a specified period equal to the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of vesting. Restricted stock units may be subject to the restrictions, including a risk of forfeiture, imposed by the Committee. If the Committee so provides, a grant of restricted stock units may provide a participant with the right to receive dividend equivalents.

Performance Awards. A performance award is an award that vests and/or becomes exercisable or distributable subject to the achievement of certain performance goals during a specified performance period, as established by the Committee. Performance awards (which include performance stock units) may be granted alone or in addition to other awards under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, and may be paid in cash, shares of common stock, other property or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee.

Stock Awards. A stock award is a transfer of unrestricted shares of common stock on terms and conditions, if any, determined by the Committee.

Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents entitle a participant to receive cash, shares of common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends or other distributions paid with respect to a specified

130

number of shares of common stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted on a free-standing basis or in connection with another award (other than stock options, SARs, restricted stock or stock awards).

Other Stock-Based Awards. Other stock-based awards are awards denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, the value of our shares of common stock.

Cash Awards. Cash awards may be granted on terms and conditions, including vesting conditions, and for consideration, including no consideration or minimum consideration as required by applicable law, as the Committee determines in its sole discretion.

Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, awards may be granted in substitution for any other award granted before the merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliates.

Certain Transactions

If any change is made to our capitalization, such as a share split, share combination, share dividend, exchange of shares or other recapitalization, merger or otherwise, that results in an increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of common stock, appropriate adjustments will be made by the Committee in the shares subject to an award under the 2026 Omnibus Plan. The Committee will also have the discretion to make certain adjustments to awards in the event of a change in control, such as accelerating the vesting or exercisability of awards, requiring the surrender of an award, with or without consideration, or making any other adjustment or modification to the award that the Committee determines is appropriate in light of such transaction.

Clawback

All awards granted under the 2026 Omnibus Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with any Company clawback or similar policy or any applicable law related to such actions.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors or the Committee may amend or terminate any award, award agreement or the 2026 Omnibus Plan at any time; however, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law. Stockholder approval will be required to make amendments that (i) increase the aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2026 Omnibus Plan or (ii) change the classification of individuals eligible to receive awards under the 2026 Omnibus Plan. The 2026 Omnibus Plan will remain in effect for a period of 10 years (unless earlier terminated by our board of directors).

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In order to incentivize employees of the Company, its designated affiliates and subsidiaries (the “Designated Subsidiaries”), we anticipate that our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, the Once Upon a Farm, PBC 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), the material terms of which are summarized below, prior to the completion of this offering. The ESPP is comprised of two distinct components in order to provide increased flexibility to grant rights to purchase shares under the ESPP that are intended to qualify for favorable U.S. federal tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code (the “Section 423 Component”) and rights to purchase shares that are not intended to be tax-qualified under Section 423 of the Code. Although not yet adopted, we expect that the ESPP will have the features described below.

Shares Available for Awards; Administration

A total number of shares of common stock equal to 1% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering (on a fully diluted basis) will initially be reserved for issuance under

131

the ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be increased annually on January 1 of each fiscal year beginning in 2027 and ending and including January 1, 2036, by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the shares outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (ii) such smaller number of shares as determined by our board of directors. Our compensation committee or other individuals to which authority has been delegated under the ESPP will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. The entity that conducts the general administration of this ESPP (which is our compensation committee unless the board of directors assumes the authority for administration) is referred to herein as the “plan administrator.”

Eligibility

We expect that all of our employees and employees of any Designated Subsidiary will be eligible to participate in the ESPP, with certain exclusions as determined by the plan administrator. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock.

Grant of Rights

Under the ESPP, participants will be offered the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount during one or more offering periods, which may be successive or overlapping and will be selected by the plan administrator in its sole discretion with respect to which rights will be granted to participants. The plan administrator will designate the terms and conditions of each offering in writing, including the offering period, and may change the duration and timing of offering periods in its discretion. However, in no event may an offering period be longer than 27 months in length.

Unless otherwise set forth in the ESPP or in an offering document, a participant may participate in the ESPP only by means of payroll deductions of up to a specified percentage of their eligible compensation. In non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the ESPP through payroll deductions is prohibited, the plan administrator may provide that an eligible employee may elect to participate through contributions to the participant’s account under the ESPP in a form acceptable to the plan administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any purchase period or offering period (which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the administrator, will be 1,000 shares). In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the Section 423 Component at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted the right to purchase shares of our common stock. The right will expire at the end of the applicable offering period and will be exercised on each applicable purchase date during an offering period to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the applicable purchase period. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time during a specified period prior to the end of the applicable offering period and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and such rights are generally exercisable only by the participant.

Purchase Price

The purchase price will be designated by the plan administrator, but, with respect to the Section 423 Component, will not be less than 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the applicable enrollment date or the applicable exercise date, whichever is lower.

132

Certain Transactions

In the event of certain transactions or events affecting our common stock, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of certain unusual or non-recurring transactions or events, the plan administrator may provide for (i) either the termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash or the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property, (ii) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, (iii) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (iv) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods, or (v) the termination of all outstanding rights.

ESPP Amendment and Termination

The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that (i) increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares subject to the ESPP or (ii) changes the ESPP in any manner that would be considered the adoption of a new plan within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.423-2(c)(4). In the event that the plan administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the ESPP may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the administrator may modify or amend the ESPP to reduce or eliminate those consequences. Upon termination of the ESPP, the balance in each participant’s plan account will be refunded as soon as practicable.

Executive Compensation

Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan

In connection with this offering, we expect the compensation committee will adopt the Once Upon a Farm, PBC Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan (the “Executive Severance Plan”). The Executive Severance Plan will provide severance pay and benefits to eligible officers and management employees who are designated as “Eligible Employees” under the Executive Severance Plan. Each of our Named Executive Officers are expected to be designated as an Eligible Employee in the Executive Severance Plan. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in our proposed draft of the Executive Severance Plan.

Upon the termination of an Eligible Employee’s employment due to a termination by the Company without cause or a resignation by the Eligible Employee for Good Reason (each, a “Qualifying Termination”) that occurs outside of the period commencing on the date on which a Change in Control is consummated and ending 12 months after a Change in Control is consummated, so long as such Eligible Employee satisfies the Release and Restrictive Covenant Requirements (as defined below), the Eligible Employee would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (i) a cash severance payment equal to the product of (a) the Eligible Employee’s base salary and (b) the Applicable Non-CIC Severance Multiple (which is 1.0 for both Tier 1 employees, including Mr. Foraker, and Tier 2 employees, including Mr. Waldman), payable in substantially equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule for the period commencing on the Eligible Employee’s date of termination and continuing until the expiration of the Eligible Employee’s Applicable Non-CIC Severance Period (which is 12 months for both Tier 1 and Tier 2 employees) and (ii) a cash payment equal to the product of (a) the monthly amount of the premiums for the Eligible Employee’s group health plan coverage (including coverage for the Eligible Employee’s spouse and eligible dependents), determined under the Company’s group health plans (the “Monthly COBRA Amount”) and (b) the Applicable Non-CIC COBRA Multiple (which is 12 months for both Tier 1 and Tier 2 employees), payable in lump sum within 60 days after such Eligible Employee’s date of termination.

Upon the termination of an Eligible Employee’s employment due to a Qualifying Termination that occurs three months prior to or within 12 months of the date on which a Change in Control is consummated and so long as the Eligible Employee satisfies the Release and Restrictive Covenant Requirements, the Eligible Employee

133

would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits, payable in lump sum within 60 days after such Eligible Employee’s date of termination: (i) a cash severance payment equal to the product of (a) the sum of the Eligible Employee’s base salary and target annual bonus for the year of termination and (b) the Applicable CIC Severance Multiple (which is 2.0 for Tier 1 employees and 1.5 for Tier 2 employees) and (ii) a cash payment equal to the product of (a) the Monthly COBRA Amount and (b) the Applicable CIC COBRA Multiple (which is 24 months for Tier 1 employees and 18 months for Tier 2 employees).

Payment of the severance benefits under the Executive Severance Plan to an Eligible Employee will be subject to the Eligible Employee’s (i) execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the Company and (ii) continued compliance with the cooperation covenant set forth in the Executive Severance Plan and the other restrictive covenant obligations set forth in the Eligible Employee’s participation agreement and any other agreement to which such Eligible Employee is a party (the “Release and Restrictive Covenant Requirements”). The Executive Severance Plan will supersede all prior agreements, practices, policies, procedures and plans relating to severance benefits.

Equity Grants

In connection with this offering, we expect to grant awards under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, including up to 550,825 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) (169,124 of which will be RSUs granted to replace unvested SAR awards under the 2021 Plan that were forfeited in connection with the IPO (the “SAR RSUs”)) to our non-employee directors and certain employees, including our Named Executive Officers, and up to 472,095 stock options to our employees, including our Named Executive Officers (collectively, the “IPO Grants” and, in each case, calculated using the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and with respect to the SAR RSUs, calculated using the 18.7-for-1 forward stock split effected on January 23, 2026 as described below).

The RSUs granted to non-employee directors will vest on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date or the next annual stockholder meeting, subject to the director’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. We expect to make such RSU grants, each with respect to 6,112 shares, to each of Dara Bazzano, Megan Bent, Jared Jacobs, Lawrence Peiros, Brett Thomas and Walter Robb (calculated using the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

The stock options granted to Named Executive Officers will have a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of the final prospectus included in the registration statement, which will be the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date of the stock options. The stock options will vest and become exercisable as follows: 25% of the shares subject to the stock option will cliff-vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 75% of the shares subject to the stock option will vest annually thereafter, in each case, subject to the executive’s continued service through each applicable vesting date. We expect to make such option grants to each of Mr. Foraker and Mr. Waldman to purchase 98,314 and 31,952 shares of our common stock, respectively (in each case, calculated using the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

The RSUs granted to Named Executive Officers will cliff vest 25% on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 75% will vest annually thereafter, in each case, subject to the executive’s continuous service relationship with us through each applicable vesting date. We expect to make such RSU grants to each of Mr. Foraker and Mr. Waldman with respect to 69,445 and 22,570 shares, respectively (in each case, calculated using the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

134

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related Party Transactions

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and Named Executive Officers, including those discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2022, to which we were a participant or will be a participant, in which:

•

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

•

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Equity Financings

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

On February 28, 2022 and March 21, 2022, we sold an aggregate of 189,813 and 43,948 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock Financing”), respectively, at a purchase price of $183.03 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $42.8 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series D Preferred Stock Financing by related persons:


Related Person	Shares of Series D Preferred Stock		Total Purchase Price
Cambridge SPG IRA Fund LP		9,942	$	1,819,684.26
CAVU Venture Partners II LP		43,708	$	7,999,875.24
CAVU Venture Partners III LP		121,616	$	22,259,376.48
CSPG IRA Ofarm Holdings LLC		28,690	$	5,251,130.70
Jennifer Garner Trust		2,730	$	499,671.90
John Foraker		1,293	$	236,657.79
Lawrence Peiros		1,291	$	236,291.73
Walter Robb		546	$	99,934.38

In connection with the Series D Preferred Stock Financing, we also issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $9.3 million to S2G Builders Food & Agriculture Fund III, L.P, an affiliate of S2G (the “Series D Convertible Note”). The Series D Convertible Note accrues interest at a rate of 1.92% per annum. The principal on the Series D Convertible Note is convertible into Series D Preferred Stock at a rate of $183.03 pursuant to the terms thereof.

Director Nomination Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Nomination Agreement with CAVU. Pursuant to the Director Nomination Agreement, CAVU will have the right to nominate to our board of directors (i) two nominees for so long as CAVU beneficially owns 17.5% or greater of the total number of shares of our common stock then-outstanding and (ii) one nominee for so long as CAVU beneficially owns at least 5% but less than 17.5% of the number of shares of our common stock then-outstanding.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with certain of our stockholders, including CAVU and S2G. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights would enable holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the registration statement is declared effective.

Following this offering, holders of an aggregate of 21,368,533 shares of our common stock will be entitled to registration rights.

135

Arrangements with Jennifer Garner

The Company is party to the Amended and Restated Personal Brand Services Spokesperson/Co-Founder Master Agreement with Jennifer Garner, a director of the Company (the “Spokesperson Agreement”). A copy of the Spokesperson Agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. On November 15, 2022, the Spokesperson Agreement was amended, pursuant to which:

•

the Company granted to Ms. Garner options to purchase 468,715 shares of the Company’s common stock at a per share exercise price of $3.85, for a grant value of $1,802,674.80; and

•

the Company granted to Ms. Garner an additional cash incentive contingent on the consummation of an initial public offering, sale or other recapitalization, pursuant to which, if the price per share in such transaction hits a minimum of $19.58, Ms. Garner will be eligible to receive a cash payment equal to the greater of (a) $2,000,000 or (b) 1.30% multiplied by the incremental valuation difference between the price per share in the transaction and $19.58.

On December 26, 2024, the Company granted to Ms. Garner additional options to purchase 376,543 shares of the Company’s common stock, with a grant date fair value of $3,200,186, as calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718.

On January 18, 2025, the Spokesperson Agreement was further amended, pursuant to which Ms. Garner was granted additional cash compensation in connection with extending the term of the Spokesperson Agreement, pursuant to which Ms. Garner was paid $1,000,000 on January 31, 2025 and is entitled to receive the following additional cash payments: $2,000,000 to be paid on January 31, 2026, $2,000,000 to be paid on January 31, 2027 and $3,000,000 to be paid on January 31, 2028. The aforementioned cash payments are subject to Ms. Garner’s continued performance of services under the Spokesperson Agreement through the applicable payment date. The cash payments will be accelerated in full in the event of (1) the consummation of this offering, (2) any Change in Control, or (3) in connection with the termination of the Spokesperson Agreement under certain circumstances as specified in the Spokesperson Agreement.

On June 10, 2025, the Company and Ms. Garner amended and restated the Spokesperson Agreement to consolidate the two prior standalone amendments referred to above.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors and Insurance

Following completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered, or will enter, into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations of Liability, Indemnification, and Advancement” below for more details. We also have purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Company, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Related Persons Transaction Policy

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt formal written procedures for the review, approval, or ratification of transactions with related persons (“Related Persons Transaction Policy”). The Related Persons Transaction Policy will provide that the audit committee of our board of directors will be charged with reviewing for approval or ratification all transactions with “related persons” (as defined in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) that are brought to the audit committee’s attention. This policy is expected to take effect upon the effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation in connection with this offering. We also maintain certain compensation agreements and other arrangements with certain of our executive officers, which are described under “Executive Compensation” elsewhere in this prospectus.

136

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock (i) as of January 5, 2026 and (ii) immediately following this offering, as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of common stock by us, in each case, by the following individuals or groups:

•

each of our directors and director nominee;

•

each of our Named Executive Officers;

•

all of our directors and executive officers as a group;

•

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock; and

•

each of the selling stockholders.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table prior to this offering is based upon 29,237,886 shares of common stock outstanding, on an as diluted basis, as of January 5, 2026, which is based upon 7,458,069 shares of common stock outstanding, and gives effect to the automatic conversion of 1,164,696 shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of January 5, 2026 into 21,779,817 shares of common stock. The percentage ownership information shown in the table after this offering is based upon 40,231,814 shares of common stock outstanding as of January 5, 2026, after giving effect to the sale of 7,631,537 shares of common stock by us in this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock), and (i) the automatic conversion of 1,164,696 shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of January 5, 2026 into 21,779,817 shares of common stock; (ii) the assumed conversion of $17.2 million of Convertible Notes outstanding as of January 5, 2026 into an aggregate of 2,819,512 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering; (iii) the automatic net exercise of 27,536 convertible preferred stock warrants issued to a customer into 438,983 shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio and exercise price, and (iv) the assumed net exercise of 7,586 convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with a debt facility into 103,896 shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio and exercise price, and does not include (i) 5,477,425 shares of our common stock issuable on the exercise of stock options outstanding as of January 5, 2026 under our 2021 Plan, (ii) 58,961 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan as of January 5, 2026, which shares cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2026 Omnibus Plan becomes effective upon completion of this offering, and (iii) 4,023,181 shares of our common stock (including the IPO Grants and without giving effect to the underwriters option to purchase additional shares in this offering) reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan, which becomes effective on the date we price this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2026 Omnibus Plan.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities, or have the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before March 6, 2026, which is 60 days after January 5, 2026. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage of total voting power does not include any shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before March 6, 2026, which is 60 days after January 5, 2026. The information contained in the following table is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose, and the inclusion of any shares in the table does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership of those shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

137

For information regarding material transactions between us and the selling stockholders, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Once Upon a Farm, 2111 San Pablo Avenue, Suite 2216, Berkeley, CA 94702.


	Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering										Shares Beneficially Owned Following this Offering
	Common Stock					% of Total Voting Power			Number of Shares Being Offered		Common Stock					% of Total Voting Power
Name of Beneficial Owner	Shares		%			% of Total Voting Power			Number of Shares Being Offered		Shares		%			% of Total Voting Power
Directors, Director Nominee and Named Executive Officers:
John Foraker⁽¹⁾		2,693,586		8.9	%		5.6	%		—		2,693,586		6.5	%		4.1	%
Lawrence Waldman⁽²⁾		512,788		1.7	%		—			—		512,788		1.3	%		—
Dara Bazzano		—		—			—			—		—		—			—
Megan Bent⁽³⁾		46,039		*			*			—		46,039		*			*
Cassandra Curtis⁽⁴⁾		563,298		1.9	%		1.4	%		—		563,298		1.4	%		1.0	%
Jennifer Garner⁽⁵⁾		2,702,671		9.0	%		6.6	%		—		3,057,279		7.4	%		4.8	%
Jared Jacobs		—		—			—			—		—		—			—
Lawrence Peiros⁽⁶⁾		151,844		*			*			—		151,844		*			*
Brett Thomas		—		—			—			—		—		—			—
Walter Robb⁽⁷⁾		134,303		*			*			—		134,303		*			*
Directors and executive officers as a group (9 individuals)		6,670,226		21.0	%		14.4	%		—		7,024,834		16.3	%		10.4	%
5% or Greater Stockholders:
Cambridge⁽⁸⁾		3,760,066		12.9	%		12.9	%		—		3,760,066		9.3	%		9.3	%
CAVU⁽⁹⁾		11,063,594		37.8	%		37.8	%		—		11,063,594		27.5	%		27.5	%
S2G^(10)(11)		5,642,446		19.3	%		19.3	%		—		5,642,446		14.0	%		14.0	%
Selling Stockholders:
Entities affiliated with Beechwood Capital⁽¹²⁾		1,242,653		4.3	%		4.3	%		851,448		391,205		1.0	%		1.0	%
Ari Raz		809,804		2.8	%		2.8	%		242,931		566,873		1.4	%		1.4	%
Austin Community Foundation⁽¹³⁾		438,983		1.5	%		1.5	%		438,983		—		—			—
Samas Hold Ltd⁽¹⁴⁾		209,982		*			*			209,982		—		—			—
Harbinger Ventures, LLC⁽¹⁵⁾		209,328		*			*			48,002		161,326		*			*
CCBB Investments Group LLC⁽¹⁶⁾		167,870		*			*			167,870		—		—			—
Avi Raz⁽¹⁷⁾		146,570		*			*			21,991		124,579		*			*
Western Alliance Bancorporation⁽¹⁸⁾		103,896		*			*			103,896		—		—			—
Other selling stockholder that beneficially own less than 30,000 shares of common stock⁽¹⁹⁾		280,434		*			*			203,715		76,719		*			*
Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 30,001 and 50,000 shares of common stock⁽¹⁹⁾		237,696		*			*			184,961		52,735		*			*
Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 50,001 and 70,000 shares of common stock⁽¹⁹⁾		233,208		*			*			172,712		60,496		*			*
Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 70,001 and 85,000 shares of common stock⁽¹⁹⁾		220,193		*			*			174,340		45,853		*			*
Other stockholders that beneficially own between 85,001 and 90,000 shares of common stock⁽¹⁹⁾		177,352		*			*			66,496		110,856		*			*
Other stockholders that beneficially own between 90,001 and 100,000 shares of common stock⁽¹⁹⁾		193,732		*			*			96,866		96,866		*			*

138

Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this Offering

Shares Beneficially
Owned Following this Offering

Common Stock

% of
Total
Voting
Power

Number
of Shares
Being
Offered

Common Stock

% of
Total
Voting
Power

Name of Beneficial Owner

Shares

Other stockholders that beneficially own between 100,001 and 120,000 shares of common stock⁽¹⁹⁾

220,959

161,567

59,392

Other stockholders that beneficially own between 120,001 and 125,000 shares of common stock⁽¹⁹⁾

246,635

219,912

26,723

*	Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

⁽¹⁾

Consists of (i) 72,463 shares of common stock held by Caroline Foraker Irrevocable Trust dated December 18, 2024, (ii) 72,463 shares of common stock held by Jack Foraker Irrevocable Trust dated December 18, 2024, (iii) 886,754 shares of common stock held by John & Beth Foraker Revocable Trust dated April 19, 2002 (“J&B Revocable Trust”), (iv) 72,463 shares of common stock held by Mary Kate Foraker Irrevocable Trust dated December 18, 2024, (v) 72,463 shares of common stock held by Patrick Foraker Irrevocable Trust dated December 18, 2024, (vi) 59,092 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by J&B Revocable Trust, (vii) 133,294 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-2 Preferred Stock held by J&B Revocable Trust, (viii) 96,118 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock held by J&B Revocable Trust, (ix) 103,037 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-2 Preferred Stock held by J&B Revocable Trust, (x) 57,372 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by J&B Revocable Trust, (xi) 24,179 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock held by J&B Revocable Trust, and (xii) 1,043,888 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of January 5, 2026.

⁽²⁾	Consists of 512,788 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of January 5, 2026.

⁽³⁾	Consists of (i) 16,493 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock and (ii) 29,546 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-2 Preferred Stock.

⁽⁴⁾	Consists of (i) 419,535 shares of common stock and (ii) 143,763 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of January 5, 2026.

⁽⁵⁾

Consists of (i) 1,549,501 shares of common stock, (ii) 58,718 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, (iii) 160,259 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, (iv) 20,383 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-2 Preferred Stock, (v) 95,631 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by the Jennifer Garner Trust, (vi) 51,051 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock held by the Jennifer Garner Trust, and (vii) 767,128 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of January 5, 2026. An additional 354,608 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options will vest and become exercisable immediately prior to this offering and such shares are included in the “Shares Beneficially Owned Following this Offering” column.

⁽⁶⁾

Consists of (i) 63,393 shares of common stock, (ii) 57,372 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by the Peiros Family Trust, Dated May 23, 2014, (iii) 24,142 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock held by the Peiros Family Trust, Dated May 23, 2014, and (iv) 6,937 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of January 5, 2026.

⁽⁷⁾

Consists of 16,082 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, (ii) 101,354 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-2 Preferred Stock, (iii) 6,657 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock; and (iv) 10,210 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock.

⁽⁸⁾

Consists of (i) 878,900 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by Cambridge Ofarm Holdings, LLC, (ii) 288,354 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock held by Cambridge SPG IRA Fund LP, (iii) 411,961 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B-2 Preferred Stock held by Cambridge OUAF Holdings LLC, (iv) 24,404 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by Cambridge OUAF Holdings LLC, (v) 49,705 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by Cambridge SPG IRA Fund LP, (vi) 202,035 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by CSPG OUAF C Holdings LLC, (vii) 23,843 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C-2 Preferred Stock held by CSPG OUAF C Holdings LLC, (viii) 567,302 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C-2 Preferred Stock held by CSPG Ofarm C Holdings LLC, (ix) 591,144 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C-2 Preferred Stock held by Cambridge SPG IRA Fund LP, (x) 185,915 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock held by Cambridge SPG IRA Fund LP, and (xi) 536,503 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock held by CSPG IRA Ofarm Holdings LLC. Cambridge Ofarm Holdings, LLC, Cambridge SPG IRA Fund LP, Cambridge OUAF Holdings LLC, CSPG OUAF C Holdings LLC, CSPG Ofarm C Holdings LLC, and CSPG IRA Ofarm Holdings LLC (collectively, “Cambridge”) are managed by Filipp Chebotarev, who may be deemed to have beneficial ownership. The business address of Cambridge is 9205 West Russell Road, Suite 240, Las Vegas, NV 89148.

⁽⁹⁾	Consists of (i) 731,395 shares of common stock held by CAVU Venture Partners IV, L.P. (“CAVU IV”), (ii) 538,729 shares of common stock held by TNG Investors LP (“TNG”), (iii) 107,749 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-2 Preferred Stock

139

held by TNG, (iv) 4,804,965 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock held by CAVU Venture Partners II, L.P. (“CAVU II”), (v) 914,243 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-2 Preferred Stock held by CAVU II, (vi) 874,954 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by CAVU II, (vii) 817,340 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock held by CAVU II, (viii) 2,274,219 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock held by CAVU Venture Partners III L.P. (“CAVU III” and, together with CAVU II, CAVU IV, and TNG, the “CAVU Entities”). CAVU Venture Partners GP II, LLC (“Fund II GP LLC”) is the general partner of CAVU Venture Partners GP II, LP (“Fund II GP”), which is the general partner of CAVU II. CAVU Venture Partners GP III, LLC (“Fund III GP LLC”) is the general partner of CAVU Venture Partners GP III, LP (“Fund III GP”), which is the general partner of CAVU III. CAVU Venture Partners GP IV, LLC (“Fund IV GP LLC”) is the general partner of CAVU Venture Partners GP IV, LP (“Fund IV GP”), which is the general partner of CAVU IV and TNG. Brett Thomas is a Manager of the Fund II GP LLC, Fund III GP LLC, and Fund IV GP LLC, which, as the general partners of Fund II GP, Fund III GP, and Fund IV GP, respectively, have voting and investment control of the CAVU Entities and, as such, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. The business address of each of the CAVU Entities and Brett Thomas is 515 West 20th Street, Suite 4W, New York, NY 10011.

⁽¹⁰⁾

Consists of (i) 127,497 shares of common stock held by S2G Builders Food & Agriculture Fund III, L.P., (ii) 234,498 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by S2G Ventures Fund I, L.P., (iii) 188,683 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-2 Preferred Stock held by S2G Ventures Fund I, L.P., (iii) 546,040 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock held by S2G Ventures Fund II, L.P., (iv) 1,726,216 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-2 Preferred Stock held by S2G Ventures Fund II, L.P., (v) 688,478 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of a convertible note held by S2G Ventures Fund II, L.P. in the outstanding principal amount of $3,599,966.26 at the closing of this offering (assuming a public offering price of $18 per share), (vi) 1,180,868 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of a convertible note held by S2G Ventures Fund II, L.P. in the outstanding principal amount of $4,314,301.37 at the closing of this offering (assuming a public offering price of $18 per share), and (vii) 950,166 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of a convertible note held by S2G Builders Food & Agriculture Fund III, L.P. (together with S2G Ventures Fund I, L.P. and S2G Ventures Fund II, L.P., the “S2G Funds”) in the outstanding principal amount of $9,299,937.33 at the closing of this offering (assuming a public offering price of $18 per share).

⁽¹¹⁾	S2G Investments, LLC is a registered investment advisor to the S2G Funds with voting and investment control of the securities held by S2G Funds. The business address of each of the foregoing entities and persons is 210 N. Carpenter Street, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60607.

⁽¹²⁾

Consists of (i) 146,421 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by Beechwood Capital, LP, (ii) 18,887 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-2 Preferred Stock held by Beechwood Capital, LP, (iii) 146,982 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock held by Beechwood Capital, LP, (iv) 415,888 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-2 Preferred Stock held by Beechwood Capital, LP, (v) 77,642 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by Beechwood Capital, LP, (vi) 229,655 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-2 Preferred Stock held by Beechwood Capital, LP, (vii) 33,492 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock held by Beechwood Capital, LP, and (viii) 173,686 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock held by Beechwood OFARM SPV, LLC.

⁽¹³⁾	Consists of 438,983 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants.

⁽¹⁴⁾

Consists of (i) 98,736 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, (ii) 25,619 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, (iii) 41,140 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-2 Preferred Stock, (iv) 11,257 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, and (v) 33,230 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-2 Preferred Stock.

⁽¹⁵⁾	Consists of (i) 70,256 shares of common stock and (ii) 139,072 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-2 Preferred Stock.

⁽¹⁶⁾	Consists of (i) 20,084 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock and (ii) 147,786 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-2 Preferred Stock.

⁽¹⁷⁾

Consists of (i) 80,036 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, (ii) 15,521 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, (iii) 33,473 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B-2 Preferred Stock, (iv) 7,330 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, and (v) 10,210 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock.

⁽¹⁸⁾	Consists of 103,896 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants.

⁽¹⁹⁾	Consists of stockholders not otherwise listed in this table who, within the groups indicated, collectively own less than 1% of our common stock.

140

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a summary of the material provisions relating to our material indebtedness. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the corresponding agreement or instrument, including the definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise defined in this prospectus. You should refer to the relevant agreement or instrument for additional information, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Credit Facilities

On June 27, 2025, we entered into a Credit Agreement with Western Alliance Bank in an amount up to $100.0 million (the “Credit Agreement”), comprised of an up to $65.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) which included (i) an initial commitment of $45.0 million and (ii) a $20.0 million uncommitted option, subject to syndication at terms acceptable to prospective lenders (with such increase implemented through the amendment executed on September 11, 2025) and a $30.0 million delayed draw term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) which includes (i) $18.0 million available on the Initial Closing Date and (ii) $12.0 million available upon achieving certain milestones and lender approval. On the Initial Closing Date, the Company borrowed $22.0 million from the Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds from the Revolving Credit Facility were used on the Initial Closing Date to repay our then existing credit facilities. In July 2025, we drew an additional $7.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility for general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2025, we had $29.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility and no amounts outstanding under our Term Loan Facility. As of September 30, 2025, the interest rate on our Revolving Credit Facility was 7.6%.

On September 11, 2025, we amended our Credit Agreement, increasing the total amount of our Revolving Credit Facility to $65.0 million. This increase reflects our lender’s commitment to fund the previously uncommitted $20.0 million option. We did not draw any additional funds under the amended facility in connection with this amendment.

In November 2025, the Company drew $7.0 million under its Revolving Credit Facility for general corporate purposes. In December 2025, the Company drew an additional $7.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility for general corporate purposes, increasing total outstanding borrowings to $43.0 million.

Interest Rates and Fees

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum at a rate equal to (a) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, (i) 2.25% plus the highest of (w) the prime rate (as determined by reference to the Wall Street Journal), (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum and (y) one month Term SOFR plus 1.00% per annum, or (ii) one month Term SOFR plus 3.25% per annum, subject to a 2.00% Term SOFR floor and (b) with respect to the Term Loan Credit Facility, (i) 2.50% plus the highest of (w) the prime rate (as determined by reference to the Wall Street Journal), (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum and (y) one month Term SOFR plus 1.00% per annum or (ii) one month Term SOFR plus 3.50% per annum, subject to a 2.00% Term SOFR floor. In addition, we are required to pay an annual fee of 0.15% of the Revolving Credit Facility commitment on June 27 of each year pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Voluntary Prepayments

We may voluntarily prepay without premium or penalty, all, but not less than all, of the term loans subject to certain notice requirements.

Mandatory Prepayments

The Credit Agreement requires us to prepay, subject to certain exceptions, the Term Loan Facility (i) with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and dispositions, subject to certain reinvestment rights and (ii) with 100% of the proceeds from certain debt issuances, in each case, subject to certain exceptions.

141

Final Maturity and Amortization

The Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility will mature on September 10, 2028, in each case, with an option to extend the maturity date to June 30, 2030 upon the achievement of certain milestones. The Term Loan Facility requires monthly amortization on the 10th day of each month starting on (i) with respect to $18.0 million of the Term Loan Facility, July 10, 2027 with equal payments of outstanding principal and (ii) with respect to $12.0 million of the Term Loan Facility, 24 months after the borrowing of such amount with equal payments of outstanding principal. The Revolving Credit Facility does not amortize and is payable in full on the maturity date.

Guarantors

All obligations under the Credit Agreement are required to be guaranteed by certain of our future direct and indirect material wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries.

Security

All obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured, subject to permitted liens and other customary exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement and relevant security documents, by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of our and the guarantors’ personal property.

Certain Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, reporting obligations, and negative covenants. The negative covenants restrict our ability, among other things, to (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement):

•

incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations;

•

create liens;

•

make investments, acquisitions, loans, and advances;

•

consolidate, merge, liquidate, or dissolve;

•

sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of its assets, including capital stock of any subsidiaries;

•

pay dividends on its equity interests or make other payments in respect of capital stock;

•

engage in transactions with its affiliates;

•

make payments in respect of subordinated debt; and

•

materially alter the business it conducts or change its fiscal year.

Financial Covenants

The Credit Agreement requires us to (a) maintain unrestricted cash of at least $4 million as of the last day of each month, (b) maintain a trailing three month revenue that is not less than 80% of our projected revenue as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, or (c) maintain at least 6 months of liquidity as of the last day of each month as set forth in the Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2025, we were in compliance with the financial covenants in the Credit Agreement.

142

Events of Default

The lenders under the Credit Agreement are permitted to accelerate the loans and terminate commitments thereunder or exercise other remedies upon the occurrence of certain customary events of default, subject to certain grace periods and exceptions. These events of default include, among others, payment defaults, cross-defaults to certain material indebtedness, covenant defaults, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, certain events of bankruptcy, material judgments, material defects with respect to lenders’ perfection on the collateral, events that could lead to a material adverse effect, invalidity of subordination provisions of the subordinated debt, and changes of control, none of which are expected to be triggered by this offering.

143

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of our capital stock, certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as each will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, and certain provisions of Delaware law. Please note that these summaries are not intended to be exhaustive. For further information, you should also refer to the full versions of our certificate of incorporation and the bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide for one class of common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences, and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,100,000,000 shares of capital stock, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which 1,000,000,000 shares will be designated as common stock and 100,000,000 shares will be designated as preferred stock.

Following this offering, and after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of 1,164,696 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025 into 21,779,817 shares of common stock at the effective conversion ratio, without giving effect to any anti-dilution adjustments relating to our convertible preferred stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of our convertible preferred stock to stockholders’ (deficit) equity, (ii) the automatic net exercise of 27,536 convertible preferred stock warrants issued to a customer into 438,983 shares of common stock, (iii) the assumed net exercise of 7,586 convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with a debt facility into 103,896 shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio and exercise price, and (iv) the assumed conversion of approximately $17.2 million of Convertible Notes into 2,819,512 shares of common stock, there were 40,231,814 shares of our common stock outstanding, held of record by stockholders. Upon completion of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be designated, issued, or outstanding.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each share of our common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. There is no cumulative voting, which means that a holder or group of holders of more than 50% of the shares of our common stock can elect all of our directors.

Dividend Rights

The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive, and will share ratably in, dividends when and as declared by our board of directors from legally available sources, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any. See “Dividend Policy.”

Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights. The rights of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that our board of directors may designate and issue in the future.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock and payment of claims of creditors.

144

Conversion or Redemption Rights

Our common stock will be neither convertible nor redeemable.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors will be authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of our preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, in each case without further action by our stockholders. Subject to the terms of any series of preferred stock so designated, our board of directors is also authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in our control and could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Below are brief summaries of various anti-takeover provisions contained primarily in our organizational documents. We believe the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our Company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Anti-Takeover Statute

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that we are not governed by Section 203 of the DGCL which, in the absence of such provisions, would have imposed additional requirements regarding mergers and other business combinations.

However, our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective on the consummation of this offering, will include a provision that restricts us from engaging in any business combination with an interested stockholder for three years following the date that person becomes an interested stockholder. These restrictions will not apply to any business combination involving CAVU or S2G or any affiliate of CAVU or S2G or their respective direct and indirect transferees, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

Additionally, we would be able to enter into a business combination with an interested stockholder if:

•

before that person became an interested stockholder, our board of directors approved the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved the business combination;

•

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) stock held by directors who are also officers of our Company and by employee stock plans that do not provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether shares held under the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

145

•

following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, a “business combination” is defined to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder and an “interested stockholder” is any person who, together with affiliates and associates, is the owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or is our affiliate or associate and was the owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock at any time within the three-year period immediately before the date of determination. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that CAVU and S2G, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

This provision of our certificate of incorporation could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

As discussed above, our board of directors will have the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management.

Board Classification

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for a board of directors comprised of three classes of directors, with each class serving a three-year term beginning and ending in different years than those of the other two classes. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors without cause could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of us.

Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our common stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting of stockholders, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our common stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Advance Notice Procedures

Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and stockholder nomination of candidates for election as directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

146

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of at least two thirds of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Our board of directors has the sole power to fill any vacancy on our board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise.

No Cumulative Voting

Because our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of the common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to nominate and elect a director to our board of directors in order to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover or otherwise.

Public Benefit Corporation Status

As a public benefit corporation, our board of directors is required by the DGCL to manage or direct our business and affairs in a manner that balances the pecuniary interests of our stockholders, the best interests of those materially affected by our conduct, and the specific public benefit identified in our certificate of incorporation. Under the DGCL, our stockholders may bring a derivative suit to enforce this requirement only if they own (individually or collectively), at least 2% of our outstanding shares or, upon the completion of this offering, the lesser of such percentage or shares of at least $2 million in market value.

We believe that our public benefit corporation status will make it more difficult for another party to obtain control of us without maintaining our public benefit corporation status and purpose.

Supermajority Requirements for Amendment of Charter and Bylaw Provisions

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock will be required to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, including (i) provisions relating to the requirement of a two-thirds vote for stockholders to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (ii) provisions providing for a classified board of directors; (iii) provisions regarding the resignation and removal of directors; (iv) provisions relating to business combinations with interested stockholders; (v) provisions relating to stockholders acting by written consent and the calling of special meetings of stockholders; (vi) provisions relating to filling vacancies on the board of directors; (viii) provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and (ix) provisions establishing the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that our board of directors may from time to time adopt, amend, alter, or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval. The stockholders may adopt, amend, alter, or repeal our bylaws by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management.

147

Opportunity

Section 122(17) of the DGCL permits a corporation to renounce, in advance, in its certificate of incorporation or by action of its board of directors, any interest or expectancy of a corporation in certain classes or categories of business opportunities. Where business opportunities are so renounced, certain of our officers and directors will not be obligated to present any such business opportunities to us. Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no officer or director of ours who is also an officer, director, employee, managing director, or other affiliate of CAVU or S2G will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to CAVU or S2G, as applicable, instead of us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that the officer, director, employee, managing director, or other affiliate has directed to CAVU or S2G, as applicable. This provision may not be modified without the written consent of CAVU or S2G until such time as CAVU or S2G does not own any of our outstanding shares of common stock.

Choice of Forum

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL; (iv) any action regarding our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or (v) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. These provisions will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive-forum provision. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the forum provisions in our certificate of incorporation. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Limitations of Liability, Indemnification, and Advancement

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors or officers to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ or officers’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors and officers for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, respectively, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director or officer for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, respectively, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director or officer if the director or officer has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions, or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director or officer.

Our bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also will be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers, and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

148

The limitation of liability, indemnification, and advancement provisions that will be included in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Equiniti Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219 and its phone number is 651-328-4405.

Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on NYSE under the symbol “OFRM.”

149

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our capital stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, the availability of shares for future sale or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and/or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2025, upon the completion of this offering, 40,231,814 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or 41,881,395 shares of our common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full.

All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares sold to our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or Rule 144. The outstanding shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities,” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualifies for exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or Rule 701.

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2026 Omnibus Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after completion of this offering. Upon effectiveness, the shares of common stock covered by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will generally be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to vesting restrictions, any lock-up agreements described below, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

As a result of lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

•

11,800,348 shares of our common stock will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering; and approximately 28,431,466 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale upon expiration of lock-up agreements described below, beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in certain circumstances to the volume, manner of sale, and other limitations under Rules 144 and 701 (in each case, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

We may issue shares of our capital stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with the exercise of stock options and warrants and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments, or other purposes. The number of shares of our capital stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the shares will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Rule 144

In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and, subject to certain restrictions, described below, any affiliate of ours who owns either restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144.

150

Non-Affiliates

Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

•

the restricted securities have been held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates;

•

we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale; and

•

we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.

Affiliates

Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale would be subject to the restrictions described above. Sales of restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock by affiliates are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

•

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately following the completion of this offering (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full); or

•

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the holding period, notice, manner of sale, public information requirements, or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, the selling stockholders, and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for our common stock have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, offer, sell or transfer any of our shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock.

The agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up agreements. Any

151

determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not necessarily limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold and the timing, purpose, and terms of the proposed sale.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain of our security holders, including our agreements governing our equity awards, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting.”

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 21,368,533 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. The registration of these shares of our common stock under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

152

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations relating thereto. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws or the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, and any applicable state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws, are not discussed herein. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), judicial decisions and published rulings, and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to those discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

•

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

•

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

•

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

•

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

•

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

•

brokers, dealers, or traders in securities or currencies;

•

persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their holdings in our common stock;

•

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

•

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

•

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

•

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

•

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

•

persons that own or have owned (actually or constructively) more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

•

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken in account in an “applicable financial statement” (as defined in Section 451(b)(3) of the Code);

•

“qualified foreign pension funds” (within the meaning of Section 897(1)(2)) of the Code and entities, all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds; and

•

tax-qualified retirement plans.

153

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or other entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons that hold our common stock through such partnerships. If any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership, and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding shares of our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of shares of our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is neither a “United States person” (as defined below) nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For purposes of this discussion, a “United States person” is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

•

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

•

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a non-taxable return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess amounts generally will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such shares and will be treated as described below under “Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, backup withholding, and Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”)), dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided that the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of the dividends a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation or successor form) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate. Each Non-U.S. Holder will be required to update such forms and certifications, as applicable, from time to time as required by law. A Non-U.S.

154

Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, such Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), such Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, such Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or a successor form) certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Such Non-U.S. Holder will be required to update such forms and certifications, as applicable, from time to time as required by law. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different treatment.

Any such effectively connected dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates generally applicable to “United States persons” (as defined in the Code). A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which such Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected dividends. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different treatment.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and FATCA, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

•

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

•

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

•

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a “USRPI”), by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (1) the five-year period preceding the Non-U.S. Holder’s disposition of our common stock and (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for our common stock. Generally, a domestic corporation is a USRPHC if, on any applicable determination date, the fair market value of its USRPIs equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus certain other business assets.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates generally applicable to United States persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such gain.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain realized from the disposition of shares of our common stock, which may generally be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder for the applicable taxable year (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

155

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Generally, a domestic corporation is a USRPHC if, on any applicable determination date, the fair market value of its USRPIs equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus certain other business assets. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of shares of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the taxable disposition occurs, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, five percent or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of (1) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market at all times for purposes of the rules described above. If we are or were to become a USRPHC and our common stock were not considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the relevant disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder occurs, then the foregoing exception would not apply and such Non-U.S. Holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock and a 15% U.S. federal withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different treatment.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of distributions on shares of our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person and the Non-U.S. Holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or W-8ECI (or other applicable or successor form), or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on shares of our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers by a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder does not provide the certification described above or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, payments of distributions or of proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock may be subject to backup withholding at a rate currently equal to 24% of the gross proceeds of such distribution, sale, or taxable disposition. Proceeds of a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding information reporting and backup withholding.

156

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under FATCA and other administrative guidance issued thereunder on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the discussion of certain proposed Treasury Regulations below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, shares of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial entity,” the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code), or furnishes identifying information regarding each direct and indirect substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise establishes that it qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to noncompliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations, and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock, the U.S. Department of the Treasury has released proposed regulations (which may be relied upon by taxpayers until final regulations are issued) that eliminate FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

157

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.


Underwriters	Number of Shares
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
BofA Securities, Inc.
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
Barclays Capital Inc.
Evercore Group L.L.C.
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
TD Securities (USA) LLC
Drexel Hamilton, LLC
Siebert Williams Shank & Co., LLC

Total		10,997,209

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 1,649,581 shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,649,581 additional shares.

Paid by the Company and the Selling Stockholders


	No Exercise	Full Exercise
Per Share	$	$
Total	$	$

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our executive officers, our directors, the selling stockholders, and substantially all of our other stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

158

The foregoing restrictions on our directors, our executive officers, the selling stockholders, and substantially all of our other stockholders do not apply to, among other things, and subject in certain cases to various conditions:

(a) transfers:

(i) as bona fide gifts, charitable contributions, or for bona fide estate planning purposes;

(ii) to any beneficiary of the holder pursuant to a will, other testamentary document, or intestate succession;

(iii) to any member of the holder’s immediate family or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the holder;

(iv) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which the holder and any immediate family of the holder are the legal and beneficial owners;

(v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv) above;

(vi) by a business entity (A) to an affiliated or controlled entity or (B) as part of a distribution, transfer, or disposition without consideration by the holder to its stockholders, partners, members, beneficiaries, or other equityholders;

(vii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement or decree or separation agreement or other order of a court or regulatory authority;

(viii) to us or our affiliates, if the holder is an employee of ours upon death, disability, or termination of service;

(ix) if such holder is not one of our directors or officers, any sale of any shares of common stock acquired by the holder (A) in this offering or (B) in the open market after the completion of this offering;

(x) to us upon vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants, or other rights to purchase shares of common stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise) that are scheduled to expire or automatically vest during the lock-up period, including any transfer to us for the payment of exercise price, tax withholdings, or remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants, or other rights, or in connection with the conversion of convertible securities, in all such cases pursuant to equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, or pursuant to the terms of convertible securities described in this prospectus;

(xi) in connection with the conversion, exchange, or reclassification of any of our outstanding securities of into shares of common stock, or any conversion, exchange, or reclassification of the common stock;

(xii) with prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters; or

(xiii) to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

(b) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act; provided that no transfers occur under such plan during such lock-up period; and

(c) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction involving a change of control transaction and that has been made to all holders of our capital stock.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the shares of common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management, and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

159

We have been approved to list our common stock on NYSE under the symbol “OFRM.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions, and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $16.0 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in an amount up to $45,000. The underwriters have also agreed to reimburse the Company for certain expenses in connection with the offering.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain losses, claims, damages, or liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities arise out of or are based on material misstatements and omissions in this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, certain free writing prospectuses that may be used in connection with this offering, and in certain marketing materials used in connection with this offering, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade

160

securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities, and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any shares may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the EU Prospectus Regulation:

to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation;

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares shall result in a requirement for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Regulation or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the EU Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of us and the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2 of the EU Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted, and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public, other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We and the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties, and agreements. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a “qualified investor” and who has notified the representatives of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the representatives, be permitted to acquire shares in the offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “EU Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

An offer to the public of any shares may not be made in the United Kingdom, except that an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions:

where the offer is conditional on the admission of the shares of common stock to trading on the London Stock Exchange plc’s main market (in reliance on the exception in paragraph 6(a) of Schedule 1 of the POATR);

161

to any “qualified investor” as defined under paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 of the POATR;

to fewer than 150 persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined under paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 of the POATR), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

in any other circumstances falling within Part 1 of Schedule 1 of the POATR.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in the United Kingdom means the communication to any person which presents sufficient information on: (a) the shares of common stock to be offered; and (b) the terms on which they are to be offered, to enable an investor to decide to buy or subscribe for the shares and the expression “POATR” means the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024.

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (A) persons who are outside the United Kingdom, or (B) qualified investors who are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”), or (ii) high-net-worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1) - (3) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire the shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the

162

purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

163

Brazil

The offer and sale of the securities have not been and will not be registered with the Brazilian securities commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários, or “CVM”) and, therefore, will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under CVM Resolution No. 160, dated July 13, 2022, as amended (“CVM Resolution 160”) or unauthorized distribution under Brazilian laws and regulations. The securities may only be offered to Brazilian Professional Investors (as defined by applicable CVM regulation), who may only acquire the securities through a non-Brazilian account, with settlement outside Brazil in non-Brazilian currency. The trading of these securities on regulated securities markets in Brazil is prohibited.

164

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York. Whalen LLP is acting as counsel to the selling stockholders in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Once Upon a Farm, PBC as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm, given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part thereof. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available on the website of the SEC referred to above.

We also maintain a website at www.onceuponafarmorganics.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

165

ONCE UPON A FARM, PBC

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023 AND 2024:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-2
Balance Sheets			F-3
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss			F-4
Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit			F-5
Statements of Cash Flows			F-6
Notes to Financial Statements			F-7

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2024 AND 2025:
Condensed Balance Sheets			F-36
Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss			F-37
Condensed Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit			F-38
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows			F-39
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements			F-40

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Once Upon a Farm, PBC

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Once Upon a Farm, PBC (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California

May 1, 2025 (January 26, 2026, as to the effects of the stock split described in Note 17)

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.

F-2

ONCE UPON A FARM, PBC

BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)


	December 31,
	2023		2024
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	30,955	$	17,306
Accounts receivable, net		7,280		17,849
Inventory		17,666		23,673
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		1,275		713

Total current assets		57,176		59,541
Property and equipment, net		1,964		4,237
Intangible assets, net		716		638
Goodwill		4,244		4,244
Other non-current assets		278		304

Total assets	$	64,378	$	68,964

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	10,757	$	7,417
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		10,092		21,657

Total current liabilities		20,849		29,074
Nonconvertible debt, net		7,836		7,876
Convertible notes		16,347		16,856
Derivative liability		7,810		23,847
Other non-current liabilities		747		1,482

Total liabilities		53,589		79,135

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,347,305 shares authorized; 1,164,696 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2024; aggregate liquidation preference of $94,261 as of December 31, 2024		101,967		101,967

Stockholders’ deficit:
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 37,971,117 shares authorized as of December 31, 2023 and 2024; 6,356,119 and 6,575,609 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2024		1		1

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

Once Upon a Farm, PBC S-1/A